diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po index a58939f3..3572e052 100644 --- a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/ns8-docs.po @@ -5,18 +5,18 @@ # msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: NS8\n" +"Project-Id-Version: NS8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-01 16:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-01 14:38+0000\n" "Last-Translator: LibreTranslate \n" +"Language-Team: Italian \n" "Language: it\n" -"Language-Team: Italian " -"\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" "Generated-By: Babel 2.14.0\n" #: ../../backup.rst:5 @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ msgstr "Backup e ripristino" #: ../../backup.rst:9 msgid "" -"The full cluster backup is composed by configuration and applications " -"data. Access the ``Backup`` page to manage the backup and restore." +"The full cluster backup is composed by configuration and applications data. " +"Access the ``Backup`` page to manage the backup and restore." msgstr "" "Il backup completo del cluster è composto da configurazione e dati delle " "applicazioni. Accedere alla pagina ``Backup`` per gestire il backup e il " @@ -37,25 +37,23 @@ msgid "Backup repository" msgstr "Repository di backup" #: ../../backup.rst:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"First, you will need to configure a backup repository where the data will" -" be saved. A backup repository keeps all backup data encrypted using " -"`restic `_ engine." +"First, you will need to configure a backup repository where the data will be " +"saved. A backup repository keeps all backup data encrypted using `restic " +"`_ engine." msgstr "" -"In primo luogo, è necessario configurare un repository di backup in cui i" -" dati verranno salvati. Un repository di backup mantiene tutti i dati di " -"backup crittografati utilizzando il motore `restic " -" `_." +"In primo luogo, è necessario configurare un repository di backup in cui i " +"dati verranno salvati. Un repository di backup mantiene tutti i dati di " +"backup crittografati utilizzando il motore `restic `_." #: ../../backup.rst:18 msgid "" -"Access the ``Backup`` page, click on :guilabel:`Add repository` button " -"and choose a provider. Currently supported providers are:" +"Access the ``Backup`` page, click on :guilabel:`Add repository` button and " +"choose a provider. Currently supported providers are:" msgstr "" "Accedi alla pagina ``Backup``, clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:` Add " -"repository` e scegli un provider. Attualmente i fornitori supportati " -"sono:" +"repository` e scegli un provider. Attualmente i fornitori supportati sono:" #: ../../backup.rst:21 msgid "`Backblaze B2 `_" @@ -67,11 +65,11 @@ msgstr "`Amazon S3 `_" #: ../../backup.rst:23 msgid "" -"`Azure blob storage `_" +"`Azure blob storage `_" msgstr "" -"`Azure blob storage `_" +"`Azure blob storage `_" #: ../../backup.rst:24 msgid "Generic S3, like :ref:`MinIO `" @@ -91,14 +89,13 @@ msgstr "Compila i campi richiesti a seconda del fornitore scelto." #: ../../backup.rst:30 msgid "" -"A new encryption key will be automatically created for new repositories. " -"If you are accessing a repository which already contains a NS8 backup, " -"remember also to enter the ``Repository password`` under the ``Advanced``" -" section." +"A new encryption key will be automatically created for new repositories. If " +"you are accessing a repository which already contains a NS8 backup, remember " +"also to enter the ``Repository password`` under the ``Advanced`` section." msgstr "" -"Una nuova chiave di crittografia verrà creata automaticamente per i nuovi" -" repository. Se si accede a un repository che contiene già un backup NS8," -" ricorda anche di inserire la ``Repository password`` sotto la sezione " +"Una nuova chiave di crittografia verrà creata automaticamente per i nuovi " +"repository. Se si accede a un repository che contiene già un backup NS8, " +"ricorda anche di inserire la ``Repository password`` sotto la sezione " "``Advanced``." #: ../../backup.rst:37 @@ -123,7 +120,8 @@ msgstr "Creare un volume Podman chiamato ``backup00`` per esso: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:54 msgid "Configure the ``rclone-webdav.service`` unit to use that volume: ::" -msgstr "Configura il ``rclone-webdav.service`` unità per l'uso di tale volume: ::" +msgstr "" +"Configura il ``rclone-webdav.service`` unità per l'uso di tale volume: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:58 msgid "Restart the service. The disk is mounted automatically: ::" @@ -132,16 +130,15 @@ msgstr "Riavviare il servizio. Il disco viene montato automaticamente: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:64 msgid "The disk is unmounted when the ``rclone-webdav`` service is stopped" msgstr "" -"Il disco viene smontato quando viene interrotto il servizio ``rclone-" -"webdav``" +"Il disco viene smontato quando viene interrotto il servizio ``rclone-webdav``" #: ../../backup.rst:66 msgid "" -"Remove the default volume used by the service, because it is no longer " -"used. Existing content will be lost: ::" +"Remove the default volume used by the service, because it is no longer used. " +"Existing content will be lost: ::" msgstr "" -"Rimuovere il volume predefinito utilizzato dal servizio, perché non è più" -" utilizzato. I contenuti esistenti saranno persi: ::" +"Rimuovere il volume predefinito utilizzato dal servizio, perché non è più " +"utilizzato. I contenuti esistenti saranno persi: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:72 msgid "Application backup" @@ -161,7 +158,8 @@ msgstr "clicca sul pulsante :guilabel:`Schedule backup`" #: ../../backup.rst:77 msgid "select which application instances should be added to the backup" -msgstr "selezionare quali istanze di applicazione devono essere aggiunte al backup" +msgstr "" +"selezionare quali istanze di applicazione devono essere aggiunte al backup" #: ../../backup.rst:78 msgid "choose one backup repository" @@ -176,7 +174,8 @@ msgid "enter a name of the backup" msgstr "inserire un nome del backup" #: ../../backup.rst:81 -msgid "save the configuration by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule backup` button" +msgid "" +"save the configuration by clicking the :guilabel:`Schedule backup` button" msgstr "salvare la configurazione facendo clic sul pulsante: `Schedule backup`" #: ../../backup.rst:83 @@ -184,23 +183,24 @@ msgid "" "Whenever you want to manually execute the backup, click the ``Run backup " "now`` item from the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." msgstr "" -"Ogni volta che si desidera eseguire manualmente il backup, fare clic " -"sulla voce ``Avvia backup ora `` dal menu a tre punti del backup " -"programmato." +"Ogni volta che si desidera eseguire manualmente il backup, fare clic sulla " +"voce ``Avvia backup ora `` dal menu a tre punti del backup programmato." #: ../../backup.rst:85 msgid "" -"To add more instances to an existing backup, click the ``Edit`` item from" -" the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." +"To add more instances to an existing backup, click the ``Edit`` item from " +"the three-dots menu of the scheduled backup." msgstr "" "Per aggiungere più istanze a un backup esistente, fare clic sulla voce " "``Edit`` dal menu a tre punti del backup pianificato." #: ../../backup.rst:87 msgid "" -"After the first backup run, the backup status is reported under ``Backup " -"> Schedules > See details``." +"After the first backup run, the backup status is reported under ``Backup > " +"Schedules > See details``." msgstr "" +"Dopo la prima esecuzione di un backup, lo stato del backup viene mostrato " +"sotto ``Backup > Piani > Vedi i dettagli ``." #: ../../backup.rst:92 msgid "Application restore" @@ -211,8 +211,8 @@ msgid "" "You can restore an application only if there is at least one repository " "configured:" msgstr "" -"È possibile ripristinare un'applicazione solo se c'è almeno un repository" -" configurato:" +"È possibile ripristinare un'applicazione solo se c'è almeno un repository " +"configurato:" #: ../../backup.rst:96 msgid "click on the :guilabel:`Restore an app` button." @@ -220,20 +220,20 @@ msgstr "cliccare sul bottone :guilabel:`Restore an app`." #: ../../backup.rst:97 msgid "" -"a dialog box will list all applications inside the existing backup, " -"select the application you want to restore" +"a dialog box will list all applications inside the existing backup, select " +"the application you want to restore" msgstr "" -"una finestra di dialogo elenca tutte le applicazioni all'interno del " -"backup esistente, selezionare l'applicazione che si desidera ripristinare" +"una finestra di dialogo elenca tutte le applicazioni all'interno del backup " +"esistente, selezionare l'applicazione che si desidera ripristinare" #: ../../backup.rst:98 msgid "" -"as default the restore procedure will create a new instance, if you want " -"to replace the existing one select the ``Replace existing app`` option" +"as default the restore procedure will create a new instance, if you want to " +"replace the existing one select the ``Replace existing app`` option" msgstr "" -"come predefinito la procedura di ripristino creerà una nuova istanza, se " -"si desidera sostituire quella esistente selezionare l'opzione " -"``Sostituire l'app esistente``" +"come predefinito la procedura di ripristino creerà una nuova istanza, se si " +"desidera sostituire quella esistente selezionare l'opzione ``Sostituire " +"l'app esistente``" #: ../../backup.rst:99 msgid "select the target node" @@ -249,51 +249,61 @@ msgstr "Cluster backup" #: ../../backup.rst:107 msgid "" -"The cluster configuration backup contains all required data to execute a " -":ref:`disaster_recovery-section`. It is a compressed JSON file encrypted " -"with GPG." +"The cluster configuration backup contains all required data to execute a :" +"ref:`disaster_recovery-section`. It is a compressed JSON file encrypted with " +"GPG." msgstr "" +"Il backup della configurazione del cluster contiene tutti i dati necessari " +"per eseguire un :ref: `disaster_recovery-section`. È un file JSON compresso " +"crittografato con GPG." #: ../../backup.rst:110 msgid "" -"The first time ``Backup`` page is accessed an encryption password must be" -" set and stored in a safe place. A new encryption password is needed also" -" after a new leader node is elected (see :ref:`node-promotion-section`)." +"The first time ``Backup`` page is accessed an encryption password must be " +"set and stored in a safe place. A new encryption password is needed also " +"after a new leader node is elected (see :ref:`node-promotion-section`)." msgstr "" +"La prima volta che si accede alla pagina ``Backup``, si deve impostare e " +"salvare in un luogo sicuro una password di crittografia. Una nuova password " +"di crittografia è necessaria anche dopo l'elezione di un nuovo nodo leader (" +"vedere :ref: `node-promotion-section`)." #: ../../backup.rst:114 msgid "" -"To download the cluster configuration backup, click on " -":guilabel:`Download cluster backup` button under the ``Cluster " -"configuration`` section of the ``Backup`` page." +"To download the cluster configuration backup, click on :guilabel:`Download " +"cluster backup` button under the ``Cluster configuration`` section of the " +"``Backup`` page." msgstr "" +"Per scaricare il backup della configurazione del cluster, fare clic sul " +"tasto :guilabel:`Download cluster backup` sotto la sezione ``Configurazione " +"cluster`` della pagina ``Backup``." #: ../../backup.rst:117 msgid "" "Please, download the cluster configuration backup and keep it on a safe " "place." msgstr "" -"Si prega di scaricare il backup di configurazione cluster e tenerlo in un" -" luogo sicuro." +"Si prega di scaricare il backup di configurazione cluster e tenerlo in un " +"luogo sicuro." #: ../../backup.rst:119 msgid "" -"In addition, the cluster configuration backup is automatically copied to " -"the designated repository each time a scheduled operation occurs. This " -"ensures that the repository holds up-to-date backups of both your data " -"and the specific cluster setup, including all its configurations." +"In addition, the cluster configuration backup is automatically copied to the " +"designated repository each time a scheduled operation occurs. This ensures " +"that the repository holds up-to-date backups of both your data and the " +"specific cluster setup, including all its configurations." msgstr "" "Inoltre, il backup di configurazione del cluster viene copiato " "automaticamente nel repository designato ogni volta che si verifica " -"un'operazione pianificata. Questo assicura che il repository detiene " -"backup aggiornati sia dei dati che della configurazione specifica del " -"cluster, incluse tutte le sue configurazioni." +"un'operazione pianificata. Questo assicura che il repository detiene backup " +"aggiornati sia dei dati che della configurazione specifica del cluster, " +"incluse tutte le sue configurazioni." #: ../../backup.rst:123 msgid "" "In case you lose the configuration backup, you can still restore " -"applications to another cluster only if you know the encryption password " -"of the backup repository." +"applications to another cluster only if you know the encryption password of " +"the backup repository." msgstr "" "Nel caso in cui si perde il backup di configurazione, è ancora possibile " "ripristinare le applicazioni in un altro cluster solo se si conosce la " @@ -304,20 +314,22 @@ msgid "" "To inspect the content of the backup use the following command, where " "```` is the encryption password entered before the download: ::" msgstr "" -"Per ispezionare il contenuto del backup utilizzare il seguente comando, " -"dove ```` è la password di crittografia inserita prima del " -"download: ::" +"Per ispezionare il contenuto del backup utilizzare il seguente comando, dove " +"```` è la password di crittografia inserita prima del download: ::" #: ../../backup.rst:136 msgid "Disaster recovery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Disaster recovery" #: ../../backup.rst:138 msgid "" -"You can restore a previously configured cluster using the disaster " -"recovery procedure. To follow this procedure you will need a :ref:`a " -"cluster configuration backup `:" +"You can restore a previously configured cluster using the disaster recovery " +"procedure. To follow this procedure you will need a :ref:`a cluster " +"configuration backup `:" msgstr "" +"È possibile ripristinare un cluster configurato in precedenza utilizzando la " +"procedura di disaster recovery. Per seguire questa procedura è necessario " +"un:ref: `un backup di configurazione del cluster `:" #: ../../backup.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -337,18 +349,21 @@ msgstr "clicca su :guilabel:`Restore cluster`" #: ../../backup.rst:144 msgid "" -"you can now choose whether to restore a cluster configuration hosted on a" -" remote HTTP server or upload the backup from your browser" +"you can now choose whether to restore a cluster configuration hosted on a " +"remote HTTP server or upload the backup from your browser" msgstr "" "è ora possibile scegliere se ripristinare una configurazione di cluster " "ospitata su un server HTTP remoto o caricare il backup dal browser" #: ../../backup.rst:146 msgid "" -"if on step 2 you entered the same password of the old cluster, the system" -" will automatically decrypt the configuration backup; otherwise enter the" -" encryption secret inside the ``Backup password`` field" +"if on step 2 you entered the same password of the old cluster, the system " +"will automatically decrypt the configuration backup; otherwise enter the " +"encryption secret inside the ``Backup password`` field" msgstr "" +"se al passaggio 2 hai inserito la stessa password del vecchio cluster, il " +"sistema decifra automaticamente il backup della configurazione; altrimenti " +"inserire il segreto di crittografia all'interno del campo ``Backup password`" #: ../../backup.rst:148 msgid "select the applications to restore" @@ -360,18 +375,18 @@ msgstr "Certificati TLS" #: ../../certificates.rst:7 msgid "" -"An SSL/TLS certificate is a digital object issued by a Certificate " -"Authority (CA). The certificate is used to verify the identity of a host " -"and to establish encrypted communication channels. Upon installation, " -"NethServer 8 uses a default self-signed certificate for all TLS services," -" including the Web user interface." +"An SSL/TLS certificate is a digital object issued by a Certificate Authority " +"(CA). The certificate is used to verify the identity of a host and to " +"establish encrypted communication channels. Upon installation, NethServer 8 " +"uses a default self-signed certificate for all TLS services, including the " +"Web user interface." msgstr "" -"Un certificato SSL/TLS è un oggetto digitale rilasciato da un'Autorità di" -" certificazione (CA). Il certificato viene utilizzato per verificare " -"l'identità di un host e per stabilire canali di comunicazione " -"crittografati. Al momento dell'installazione, NethServer 8 utilizza un " -"certificato autofirmato predefinito per tutti i servizi TLS, inclusa " -"l'interfaccia utente Web." +"Un certificato SSL/TLS è un oggetto digitale rilasciato da un'Autorità di " +"certificazione (CA). Il certificato viene utilizzato per verificare " +"l'identità di un host e per stabilire canali di comunicazione crittografati. " +"Al momento dell'installazione, NethServer 8 utilizza un certificato " +"autofirmato predefinito per tutti i servizi TLS, inclusa l'interfaccia " +"utente Web." #: ../../certificates.rst:12 msgid "Let's Encrypt certificates" @@ -379,43 +394,41 @@ msgstr "Certificati Let's Encrypt" #: ../../certificates.rst:14 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 can request valid `Let's Encrypt " -"`_ certificates using `traefik " -"`_." +"NethServer 8 can request valid `Let's Encrypt `_ " +"certificates using `traefik `_." msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:16 msgid "" -"Requesting Let's Encrypt is possible if the following requirements are " -"met:" +"Requesting Let's Encrypt is possible if the following requirements are met:" msgstr "" -"Richiedi Let's Encrypt è possibile se i seguenti requisiti sono " -"soddisfatti:" +"Richiedi Let's Encrypt è possibile se i seguenti requisiti sono soddisfatti:" #: ../../certificates.rst:18 msgid "" -"the server must be reachable from outside on port 80. Make sure your port" -" 80 is open to the public Internet (you can check with sites like `CSM " -"`_)" +"the server must be reachable from outside on port 80. Make sure your port 80 " +"is open to the public Internet (you can check with sites like `CSM `_)" msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:21 msgid "" -"the domains for which you want the certificate must be public domain " -"names associated with the server's own public IP. Make sure you have " -"public DNS names pointing to your server for both IPv4 and IPv6 " -"addresses. There are plenty of sites like `VDNS `_" -" to check if the DNS is correctly configured." +"the domains for which you want the certificate must be public domain names " +"associated with the server's own public IP. Make sure you have public DNS " +"names pointing to your server for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. There are " +"plenty of sites like `VDNS `_ to check if the DNS is " +"correctly configured." msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:29 msgid "Wildcard certificates (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) are not supported." -msgstr "I certificati Wildcard (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) non sono supportati." +msgstr "" +"I certificati Wildcard (i.e. ``*.nethserver.org``) non sono supportati." #: ../../certificates.rst:31 msgid "" -"If the above requirements are met, you can obtain a valid certificate for" -" a domain by following these steps:" +"If the above requirements are met, you can obtain a valid certificate for a " +"domain by following these steps:" msgstr "" "Se i requisiti di cui sopra sono soddisfatti, è possibile ottenere un " "certificato valido per un dominio seguendo questi passaggi:" @@ -423,8 +436,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:33 msgid "access the ``Settings`` page and click the ``TLS certificates`` card" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda " -"``certificati TLS ``" +"accedere alla pagina ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``certificati " +"TLS ``" #: ../../certificates.rst:34 ../../certificates.rst:36 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Request certificate` button" @@ -437,8 +450,8 @@ msgstr "inserire il nodo FQDN e selezionare il nodo" #: ../../certificates.rst:38 msgid "" "The procedure will take a while, but the system will notify you when the " -"certificate is ready. The Let's Encrypt certificate is automatically " -"renewed 30 days before expiration." +"certificate is ready. The Let's Encrypt certificate is automatically renewed " +"30 days before expiration." msgstr "" "La procedura richiederà un po', ma il sistema vi informerà quando il " "certificato è pronto. Il certificato Let's Encrypt viene rinnovato " @@ -446,22 +459,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../certificates.rst:41 msgid "" -"If the procedure fails, the certificate status is set to ``Not obtained``" -" and an error notification is displayed." +"If the procedure fails, the certificate status is set to ``Not obtained`` " +"and an error notification is displayed." msgstr "" -"Se la procedura fallisce, lo stato del certificato viene impostato su " -"``Non ottenuto`` e viene visualizzata una notifica di errore." +"Se la procedura fallisce, lo stato del certificato viene impostato su ``Non " +"ottenuto`` e viene visualizzata una notifica di errore." #: ../../certificates.rst:44 msgid "" "Failures may occur if the DNS record is not correctly configured, or DNS " -"update propagation is slower than expected. In both cases Traefik " -"retries to obtain the certificate at a later time when:" +"update propagation is slower than expected. In both cases Traefik retries " +"to obtain the certificate at a later time when:" msgstr "" "I guasti possono verificarsi se il record DNS non è configurato " "correttamente, o la propagazione dell'aggiornamento DNS è più lenta del " -"previsto. In entrambi i casi Traefik si ritira per ottenere il " -"certificato in un secondo momento quando:" +"previsto. In entrambi i casi Traefik si ritira per ottenere il certificato " +"in un secondo momento quando:" #: ../../certificates.rst:48 msgid "the Traefik service is restarted, or" @@ -470,18 +483,17 @@ msgstr "il servizio Traefik è riavviato, o" #: ../../certificates.rst:49 msgid "an HTTPS request that matches the certificate name is received." msgstr "" -"una richiesta HTTPS che corrisponde al nome del certificato viene " -"ricevuta." +"una richiesta HTTPS che corrisponde al nome del certificato viene ricevuta." #: ../../certificates.rst:53 msgid "" -"Traefik stores the time of the last certificate issue attempt in memory. " -"Do not restart Traefik too often, to avoid incurring in Let's Encrypt " -"rate limits." +"Traefik stores the time of the last certificate issue attempt in memory. Do " +"not restart Traefik too often, to avoid incurring in Let's Encrypt rate " +"limits." msgstr "" -"Traefik memorizza il tempo dell'ultimo tentativo di rilascio di " -"certificato in memoria. Non riavviare Traefik troppo spesso, per evitare " -"di incorrere nei limiti di velocità Let's Encrypt." +"Traefik memorizza il tempo dell'ultimo tentativo di rilascio di certificato " +"in memoria. Non riavviare Traefik troppo spesso, per evitare di incorrere " +"nei limiti di velocità Let's Encrypt." #: ../../certificates.rst:58 msgid "Custom certificates" @@ -489,17 +501,18 @@ msgstr "Certificati personalizzati" #: ../../certificates.rst:60 msgid "" -"If you are already in possession of a certificate and its private key, " -"you can upload them to the cluster. You can follow this procedure to " -"install the certificate:" +"If you are already in possession of a certificate and its private key, you " +"can upload them to the cluster. You can follow this procedure to install the " +"certificate:" msgstr "" -"Se sei già in possesso di un certificato e della sua chiave privata, puoi" -" caricarli sul cluster. È possibile seguire questa procedura per " -"installare il certificato:" +"Se sei già in possesso di un certificato e della sua chiave privata, puoi " +"caricarli sul cluster. È possibile seguire questa procedura per installare " +"il certificato:" #: ../../certificates.rst:63 msgid "access ``Settings`` page and click the ``TLS Certificates`` card" -msgstr "accesso alla ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Certificati TLS``" +msgstr "" +"accesso alla ``Impostazioni`` e fare clic sulla scheda ``Certificati TLS``" #: ../../certificates.rst:64 msgid "click on :guilabel:`Upload certificate`" @@ -507,33 +520,32 @@ msgstr "cliccare su :guilabel:`Upload certificate`" #: ../../certificates.rst:65 msgid "" -"once the modal is open, select the Traefik instance where the certificate" -" will be installed to" +"once the modal is open, select the Traefik instance where the certificate " +"will be installed to" msgstr "" "una volta aperta la modalità, selezionare l'istanza Traefik dove verrà " "installato il certificato" #: ../../certificates.rst:66 msgid "" -"upload the key file and the certificate file. They are checked on upload " -"and if the key does not match the certificate, you receive an error" +"upload the key file and the certificate file. They are checked on upload and " +"if the key does not match the certificate, you receive an error" msgstr "" -"caricare il file chiave e il file di certificato. Sono controllati su " -"upload e se la chiave non corrisponde al certificato, si riceve un errore" +"caricare il file chiave e il file di certificato. Sono controllati su upload " +"e se la chiave non corrisponde al certificato, si riceve un errore" #: ../../certificates.rst:67 msgid "once selected the files for the upload, click on :guilabel:`Upload`" msgstr "" -"una volta selezionato i file per il caricamento, clicca su " -":guilabel:`Upload`" +"una volta selezionato i file per il caricamento, clicca su :guilabel:`Upload`" #: ../../certificates.rst:69 msgid "" -"You receive an error if something with the upload goes wrong, otherwise " -"the modal closes itself and the certificate list is refreshed." +"You receive an error if something with the upload goes wrong, otherwise the " +"modal closes itself and the certificate list is refreshed." msgstr "" -"Si riceve un errore se qualcosa con il caricamento va storto, altrimenti " -"il modal si chiude e l'elenco dei certificati viene aggiornato." +"Si riceve un errore se qualcosa con il caricamento va storto, altrimenti il " +"modal si chiude e l'elenco dei certificati viene aggiornato." #: ../../cluster.rst:5 msgid "Cluster management" @@ -541,12 +553,11 @@ msgstr "Gestione cluster" #: ../../cluster.rst:7 msgid "" -"A NethServer 8 `cluster " -"`_ is composed of one " -"**leader** node and multiple **worker** nodes." +"A NethServer 8 `cluster `_ " +"is composed of one **leader** node and multiple **worker** nodes." msgstr "" -"Un `cluster `_ NethServer" -" 8 è composto da un nodo **leader** e da più nodi **worker**." +"Un `cluster `_ NethServer 8 " +"è composto da un nodo **leader** e da più nodi **worker**." #: ../../cluster.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -560,11 +571,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:14 msgid "" -"All nodes are managed by the Web user interface running on the leader " -"node." +"All nodes are managed by the Web user interface running on the leader node." msgstr "" -"Tutti i nodi sono gestiti dall'interfaccia utente Web in esecuzione sul " -"nodo leader." +"Tutti i nodi sono gestiti dall'interfaccia utente Web in esecuzione sul nodo " +"leader." #: ../../cluster.rst:17 msgid "Add a node" @@ -575,8 +585,8 @@ msgid "" "You can add (join) a worker node to an existing cluster. The process " "consists of three steps:" msgstr "" -"È possibile aggiungere un nodo worker a un cluster esistente. Il processo" -" avviene in tre passaggi:" +"È possibile aggiungere un nodo worker a un cluster esistente. Il processo " +"avviene in tre passaggi:" #: ../../cluster.rst:22 msgid "install the new node" @@ -593,13 +603,12 @@ msgstr "inserire il codice di join nel nodo worker" #: ../../cluster.rst:26 msgid "" "First, prepare a machine with the same Linux distribution used for the " -"leader node, then follow the :ref:`install instruction `" -" until the login to the Web user interface." +"leader node, then follow the :ref:`install instruction ` " +"until the login to the Web user interface." msgstr "" "Anzitutto preparare una macchina con la stessa distribuzione Linux " "utilizzata per il nodo leader, quindi seguire le :ref:`istruzioni di " -"installazione ` fino al login all'interfaccia utente " -"Web." +"installazione ` fino al login all'interfaccia utente Web." #: ../../cluster.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -611,41 +620,40 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:31 ../../install.rst:123 msgid "" -"Ensure the node Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct, and " -"respects the :ref:`DNS requirements `." +"Ensure the node Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is correct, and respects " +"the :ref:`DNS requirements `." msgstr "" -"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia " -"corretto e rispetta i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." +"Assicurarsi che il Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) del nodo sia corretto " +"e rispetta i :ref:`requisiti DNS `." #: ../../cluster.rst:34 msgid "" -"On the leader node, access the ``Nodes`` page and click on :guilabel:`Add" -" node to cluster` and copy the join code from the dialog box." +"On the leader node, access the ``Nodes`` page and click on :guilabel:`Add " +"node to cluster` and copy the join code from the dialog box." msgstr "" -"Sul nodo leader, accedere alla pagina ``Nodi`` e fare clic su " -":guilabel:`Aggiungi nodo al cluster`. Quindi copiare il codice di join " -"dalla finestra di dialogo." +"Sul nodo leader, accedere alla pagina ``Nodi`` e fare clic su :guilabel:" +"`Aggiungi nodo al cluster`. Quindi copiare il codice di join dalla finestra " +"di dialogo." #: ../../cluster.rst:36 msgid "" -"Return to the worker node and paste the code inside the ``Join code`` " -"field and click the :guilabel:`Join cluster` button. If the leader node " -"does not have a valid TLS certificate, remember to disable the ``TLS " -"certification validation`` option before clicking the join button." +"Return to the worker node and paste the code inside the ``Join code`` field " +"and click the :guilabel:`Join cluster` button. If the leader node does not " +"have a valid TLS certificate, remember to disable the ``TLS certification " +"validation`` option before clicking the join button." msgstr "" "Tornare al nodo worker e incollare il codice dentro il campo `Codice di " -"join`. Premere il pulsante :guilabel:`Join cluster`. Se il nodo leader " -"non ha un certificato TLS valido, ricordarsi di disabilitare l'opzione " +"join`. Premere il pulsante :guilabel:`Join cluster`. Se il nodo leader non " +"ha un certificato TLS valido, ricordarsi di disabilitare l'opzione " "``Verifica del certificato TLS`` prima di premere il pulsante di join." #: ../../cluster.rst:41 msgid "" -"When the node registration is complete, you can return to the leader user" -" interface and install applications running on the new worker node." +"When the node registration is complete, you can return to the leader user " +"interface and install applications running on the new worker node." msgstr "" -"Quando la registrazione del nodo è completa, si può tornare alla " -"interfaccia utente del nodo leader e installare applicazioni sul nuovo " -"nodo worker." +"Quando la registrazione del nodo è completa, si può tornare alla interfaccia " +"utente del nodo leader e installare applicazioni sul nuovo nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:44 msgid "Remove a node" @@ -653,59 +661,57 @@ msgstr "Rimuovere un nodo" #: ../../cluster.rst:46 msgid "" -"Worker nodes can be removed from the cluster. Before removing a given " -"worker node, ensure no account provider replica is running on it. In the " -"``Domains and users`` page, for each domain follow the ``N providers`` " -"link to see the node where a provider replica is installed on, then " -"remove it." +"Worker nodes can be removed from the cluster. Before removing a given worker " +"node, ensure no account provider replica is running on it. In the ``Domains " +"and users`` page, for each domain follow the ``N providers`` link to see the " +"node where a provider replica is installed on, then remove it." msgstr "" -"I nodi worker possono essere rimossi dal cluster. Prima di rimuovere un " -"nodo worker, assicurarsi che nessuna replica di account provider sia su " -"di esso in esecuzione. Nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``, per ogni dominio" -" seguire il link ``N provider`` per vedere in quale nodo è installata la " -"replica, quindi rimuoverla." +"I nodi worker possono essere rimossi dal cluster. Prima di rimuovere un nodo " +"worker, assicurarsi che nessuna replica di account provider sia su di esso " +"in esecuzione. Nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``, per ogni dominio seguire il " +"link ``N provider`` per vedere in quale nodo è installata la replica, quindi " +"rimuoverla." #: ../../cluster.rst:54 msgid "" "If the node is not reachable, or is not responding, the provider replica " "removal must be completed manually after the node removal." msgstr "" -"Se il nodo non è raggiungibile, o non risponde, la rimozione della " -"replica del provider deve essere completata manualmente dopo la rimozione" -" del nodo." +"Se il nodo non è raggiungibile, o non risponde, la rimozione della replica " +"del provider deve essere completata manualmente dopo la rimozione del nodo." #: ../../cluster.rst:57 msgid "" -"Access the ``Nodes`` page, go to the three-dots menu of the node and " -"click on ``Remove from cluster`` to open a confirmation window. " -"Applications installed on the node are listed: review that list carefully" -" because node removal is not recoverable." +"Access the ``Nodes`` page, go to the three-dots menu of the node and click " +"on ``Remove from cluster`` to open a confirmation window. Applications " +"installed on the node are listed: review that list carefully because node " +"removal is not recoverable." msgstr "" "Accedere alla pagina ``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo e " -"cliccare su ``Rimuovi dal cluster`` per aprire una finestra di conferma. " -"Le applicazioni installate sul nodo sono elencate: rivedere quella lista " -"con attenzione perché la rimozione del nodo non è recuperabile." +"cliccare su ``Rimuovi dal cluster`` per aprire una finestra di conferma. Le " +"applicazioni installate sul nodo sono elencate: rivedere quella lista con " +"attenzione perché la rimozione del nodo non è recuperabile." #: ../../cluster.rst:62 msgid "" "If the node removal window is confirmed by pushing the :guilabel:`I " "understand, remove node` button, the node and its applications are " -"disconnected, their authorizations are revoked and they cannot access the" -" cluster any more." +"disconnected, their authorizations are revoked and they cannot access the " +"cluster any more." msgstr "" -"Se la finestra di rimozione del nodo viene confermata premendo il " -"pulsante :guilabel:`Sono consapevole, rimuovi il nodo`, il nodo e le sue " -"applicazioni sono disconnessi, le loro autorizzazioni vengono revocate e " -"non possono accedere più al cluster." +"Se la finestra di rimozione del nodo viene confermata premendo il pulsante :" +"guilabel:`Sono consapevole, rimuovi il nodo`, il nodo e le sue applicazioni " +"sono disconnessi, le loro autorizzazioni vengono revocate e non possono " +"accedere più al cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:67 msgid "" -"When a node is removed from the cluster the applications running on it " -"are not affected and they are left in a running state. Shutdown and " -"switch off the node to finalize the node removal." +"When a node is removed from the cluster the applications running on it are " +"not affected and they are left in a running state. Shutdown and switch off " +"the node to finalize the node removal." msgstr "" -"Quando un nodo viene rimosso dal cluster le applicazioni in esecuzione su" -" di esso non sono influenzate e sono lasciate in esecuzione. Arrestare e " +"Quando un nodo viene rimosso dal cluster le applicazioni in esecuzione su di " +"esso non sono influenzate e sono lasciate in esecuzione. Arrestare e " "spegnere il nodo per completarne la rimozione." #: ../../cluster.rst:75 @@ -717,27 +723,28 @@ msgid "" "Adding and removing nodes might raise the need of changing the cluster " "**leader node**." msgstr "" -"Aggiungere e rimuovere i nodi potrebbe aumentare la necessità di cambiare" -" il **nodo leader** del cluster." +"Aggiungere e rimuovere i nodi potrebbe aumentare la necessità di cambiare il " +"**nodo leader** del cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:80 msgid "A good leader node must be reachable by any other worker node." -msgstr "Un buon nodo leader deve essere raggiungibile da ogni altro nodo worker." +msgstr "" +"Un buon nodo leader deve essere raggiungibile da ogni altro nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:82 msgid "" "If DNS is used to find the leader IP address, every worker node must " -"properly resolve the leader host name and that must be the same for every" -" worker node." +"properly resolve the leader host name and that must be the same for every " +"worker node." msgstr "" -"Se il DNS viene utilizzato per trovare l'indirizzo IP del leader, ogni " -"nodo worker deve risolvere correttamente il nome host del leader e questo" -" deve essere lo stesso per ogni nodo worker." +"Se il DNS viene utilizzato per trovare l'indirizzo IP del leader, ogni nodo " +"worker deve risolvere correttamente il nome host del leader e questo deve " +"essere lo stesso per ogni nodo worker." #: ../../cluster.rst:86 msgid "" -"Depending on the current leader node state there are two possible " -"procedures to promote a node to leader role:" +"Depending on the current leader node state there are two possible procedures " +"to promote a node to leader role:" msgstr "" "A seconda dello stato attuale del nodo leader ci sono due possibili " "procedure per promuovere un nodo al ruolo di leader:" @@ -760,8 +767,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:94 msgid "" -"The cluster backup password must be set again. See also :ref" -":`cluster_backup-section`." +"The cluster backup password must be set again. See also :ref:`cluster_backup-" +"section`." msgstr "" "La password di backup del cluster deve essere impostata di nuovo. Vedere " "anche :ref:`cluster_backup-section`." @@ -774,84 +781,81 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:102 msgid "" -"If the current leader node is working properly, access the ``Nodes`` " -"page, go to the three-dots menu of the node to promote and click on " -"``Promote to leader``." +"If the current leader node is working properly, access the ``Nodes`` page, " +"go to the three-dots menu of the node to promote and click on ``Promote to " +"leader``." msgstr "" "Se l'attuale nodo leader funziona correttamente, accedere alla pagina " -"``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo da promuovere e fare clic " -"su ``Promuovi a leader``." +"``Nodi``, andare al menu a tre punti del nodo da promuovere e fare clic su " +"``Promuovi a leader``." #: ../../cluster.rst:106 msgid "" -"Confirm or enter the leader host name in the ``VPN public address`` " -"field. An IP address is accepted, too." +"Confirm or enter the leader host name in the ``VPN public address`` field. " +"An IP address is accepted, too." msgstr "" "Confermare o inserire il nome host del leader nel campo ``Indirizzo VPN " "pubblico``. Viene accettato anche un indirizzo IP." #: ../../cluster.rst:109 msgid "" -"Confirm or enter the ``VPN public UDP port`` number. Every worker node " -"will connect the leader on that UDP port number. In most cases, the " -"default VPN port, which is ``55820``, should suffice, unless there is a " -"network device between the leader and the workers mapping it to a " -"different port number." +"Confirm or enter the ``VPN public UDP port`` number. Every worker node will " +"connect the leader on that UDP port number. In most cases, the default VPN " +"port, which is ``55820``, should suffice, unless there is a network device " +"between the leader and the workers mapping it to a different port number." msgstr "" "Confermare o inserire il numero di ``Porta UDP VPN pubblica``. Ogni nodo " -"worker contatterà il leader su quel numero di porta UDP. Nella maggior " -"parte dei casi, la porta VPN predefinita ``55820`` dovrebbe bastare, a " -"meno che non vi sia un dispositivo di rete tra il leader e i worker lo " -"traduce in un numero di porta diverso." +"worker contatterà il leader su quel numero di porta UDP. Nella maggior parte " +"dei casi, la porta VPN predefinita ``55820`` dovrebbe bastare, a meno che " +"non vi sia un dispositivo di rete tra il leader e i worker lo traduce in un " +"numero di porta diverso." #: ../../cluster.rst:115 msgid "" -"When the confirmation string is typed, the :guilabel:`I understand, " -"promote the node` button becomes active and it is possible to complete " -"the node promotion." +"When the confirmation string is typed, the :guilabel:`I understand, promote " +"the node` button becomes active and it is possible to complete the node " +"promotion." msgstr "" -"Quando la stringa di conferma viene digitata, il pulsante :guilabel:`Sono" -" consapevole, promuovi il nodo` diventa attivo ed è possibile completare " -"la promozione nodo." +"Quando la stringa di conferma viene digitata, il pulsante :guilabel:`Sono " +"consapevole, promuovi il nodo` diventa attivo ed è possibile completare la " +"promozione nodo." #: ../../cluster.rst:119 msgid "" "The ``Check node connectivity`` checkbox verifies the connection of each " -"node with the selected one. Since the VPN connection cannot be probed, " -"only HTTPS is checked, and it may fail due to settings on other network " -"devices, such as port-forwarding. In this case, if you are certain that " -"the entered configuration is correct, you have the option to disable the " -"check, but proceed at your own risk!" -msgstr "" -"La casella di controllo ``Controlla la connettività del nodo`` verifica " -"la connessione di ogni nodo con quello selezionato. Dal momento che la " -"connessione VPN non può essere del tutto verificata, viene controllato " -"solo HTTPS, e può fallire a causa di impostazioni su altri dispositivi di" -" rete, come il port-forwarding. In questo caso, se si è certi che la " -"configurazione inserita è corretta, si ha la possibilità di disabilitare " -"il controllo, ma si procedere a proprio rischio!" +"node with the selected one. Since the VPN connection cannot be probed, only " +"HTTPS is checked, and it may fail due to settings on other network devices, " +"such as port-forwarding. In this case, if you are certain that the entered " +"configuration is correct, you have the option to disable the check, but " +"proceed at your own risk!" +msgstr "" +"La casella di controllo ``Controlla la connettività del nodo`` verifica la " +"connessione di ogni nodo con quello selezionato. Dal momento che la " +"connessione VPN non può essere del tutto verificata, viene controllato solo " +"HTTPS, e può fallire a causa di impostazioni su altri dispositivi di rete, " +"come il port-forwarding. In questo caso, se si è certi che la configurazione " +"inserita è corretta, si ha la possibilità di disabilitare il controllo, ma " +"si procedere a proprio rischio!" #: ../../cluster.rst:129 msgid "" "If the current leader node is not reachable, it is necessary to run a " -"command on any other worker node. Be prepared in advance for this " -"situation by enabling SSH, console or Cockpit **terminal root access** to" -" the nodes." +"command on any other worker node. Be prepared in advance for this situation " +"by enabling SSH, console or Cockpit **terminal root access** to the nodes." msgstr "" "Se il nodo leader attuale non è raggiungibile, è necessario eseguire un " -"comando su qualsiasi altro nodo worker. Prepararsi in anticipo per questa" -" situazione consentendo l'accesso ai nodi con un **terminale di root**, " +"comando su qualsiasi altro nodo worker. Prepararsi in anticipo per questa " +"situazione consentendo l'accesso ai nodi con un **terminale di root**, " "mediante SSH, console o Cockpit." #: ../../cluster.rst:134 msgid "" -"For example, to promote node with ID ``3``, VPN endpoint " -"``node3.example.com`` UDP port ``55820``, run the following command on " -"every worker node: ::" +"For example, to promote node with ID ``3``, VPN endpoint ``node3.example." +"com`` UDP port ``55820``, run the following command on every worker node: ::" msgstr "" -"Ad esempio, per promuovere il nodo con ID ``3``, VPN endpoint " -"``node3.example.com``, porta UDP ``55820``, eseguire il seguente comando " -"su ogni nodo worker: ::" +"Ad esempio, per promuovere il nodo con ID ``3``, VPN endpoint ``node3." +"example.com``, porta UDP ``55820``, eseguire il seguente comando su ogni " +"nodo worker: ::" #: ../../cluster.rst:143 ../../ejabberd.rst:82 msgid "Administrators" @@ -860,9 +864,9 @@ msgstr "Amministratori" #: ../../cluster.rst:145 msgid "" "Cluster administrators can fully manage the cluster. It's recommended to " -"create a personal user for each cluster administrator. All actions " -"executed by a cluster administrator are collected inside a security :ref" -":`audit-trail-section`." +"create a personal user for each cluster administrator. All actions executed " +"by a cluster administrator are collected inside a security :ref:`audit-trail-" +"section`." msgstr "" "Gli amministratori del cluster hanno il totale controllo del cluster. Si " "raccomanda di creare un utente personale per ogni amministratore del " @@ -871,19 +875,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../cluster.rst:149 msgid "" -"To add a new cluster administrator go to the ``Settings`` page and select" -" the ``Cluster administrators`` card. Then click on :guilabel:`Create " -"admin` button and fill the required fields." +"To add a new cluster administrator go to the ``Settings`` page and select " +"the ``Cluster administrators`` card. Then click on :guilabel:`Create admin` " +"button and fill the required fields." msgstr "" "Per aggiungere un nuovo amministratore del cluster vai alla pagina " -"``Impostazioni`` e selezionare la scheda ``Amministratori cluster``. " -"Quindi fare clic su :guilabel:`Crea amministratore` e compilare i campi " -"richiesti." +"``Impostazioni`` e selezionare la scheda ``Amministratori cluster``. Quindi " +"fare clic su :guilabel:`Crea amministratore` e compilare i campi richiesti." #: ../../cluster.rst:152 msgid "" -"An administrator can't delete its own user. To delete an administrator, " -"you must log in with another existing cluster administrator." +"An administrator can't delete its own user. To delete an administrator, you " +"must log in with another existing cluster administrator." msgstr "" "Un amministratore non può eliminare il proprio utente. Per eliminare un " "amministratore, è necessario accedere come un altro amministratore del " @@ -906,9 +909,9 @@ msgid "" "Two-factor authentication (2FA) can be used to add an extra layer of " "security required to access the cluster management user interface." msgstr "" -"L'autenticazione a due fattori (2FA) può essere utilizzata per aggiungere" -" un ulteriore livello di sicurezza necessario per accedere " -"all'interfaccia utente di gestione del cluster." +"L'autenticazione a due fattori (2FA) può essere utilizzata per aggiungere un " +"ulteriore livello di sicurezza necessario per accedere all'interfaccia " +"utente di gestione del cluster." #: ../../cluster.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -916,8 +919,8 @@ msgid "" "``Settings`` page by clicking the :guilabel:`Enable 2FA` button." msgstr "" "L'amministratore può abilitare 2FA dalla scheda ``Account`` all'interno " -"della pagina ``Impostazioni`` facendo clic sul pulsante " -":guilabel:`Abilita 2FA` ." +"della pagina ``Impostazioni`` facendo clic sul pulsante :guilabel:`Abilita " +"2FA` ." #: ../../cluster.rst:168 msgid "The user will have to:" @@ -933,8 +936,8 @@ msgstr "eseguire la scansione del codice QR con l'applicazione 2FA" #: ../../cluster.rst:172 msgid "" -"generate a new code and copy it inside the verification field, then click" -" :guilabel:`Verify code`" +"generate a new code and copy it inside the verification field, then click :" +"guilabel:`Verify code`" msgstr "" "generare un nuovo codice e copiarlo all'interno del campo di verifica, " "quindi fare clic su :guilabel:`Verifica codice`" @@ -953,19 +956,17 @@ msgstr "Disponibile sia per Android che per iOS:" #: ../../cluster.rst:181 msgid "" -"`FreeOTP `_: available for both Android and " -"iOS" +"`FreeOTP `_: available for both Android and iOS" msgstr "" -"`FreeOTP `_: disponibile sia per Android che " -"per iOS" +"`FreeOTP `_: disponibile sia per Android che per " +"iOS" #: ../../cluster.rst:182 msgid "" -"`Authenticator `_: available on iOS " -"only" +"`Authenticator `_: available on iOS only" msgstr "" -"`Authenticator `_: disponibile solo " -"su iOS" +"`Authenticator `_: disponibile solo su " +"iOS" #: ../../cluster.rst:183 msgid "`2FAS `_: available for both Android and iOS" @@ -977,21 +978,21 @@ msgstr "Reimpostare la password dell'amministratore del cluster" #: ../../cluster.rst:188 msgid "" -"If you are locked out of the web user interface and you can still access " -"a system command-line shell as ``root`` (e.g. by the system recovery " -"console or SSH), run the following command to disable 2FA and reset the " -"password:" +"If you are locked out of the web user interface and you can still access a " +"system command-line shell as ``root`` (e.g. by the system recovery console " +"or SSH), run the following command to disable 2FA and reset the password:" msgstr "" -"Se sei bloccato fuori dall'interfaccia utente web e puoi ancora accedere " -"ad un terminale come ``root`` (ad esempio dalla console di ripristino del" -" sistema o SSH), eseguire il seguente comando per disabilitare 2FA e " +"Se sei bloccato fuori dall'interfaccia utente web e puoi ancora accedere ad " +"un terminale come ``root`` (ad esempio dalla console di ripristino del " +"sistema o SSH), eseguire il seguente comando per disabilitare 2FA e " "ripristinare la password:" #: ../../cluster.rst:196 -msgid "Replace the ``admin`` and ``Nethesis,1234`` default credentials as needed." +msgid "" +"Replace the ``admin`` and ``Nethesis,1234`` default credentials as needed." msgstr "" -"Sostituisci le credenziali ``admin`` e ``Nethesis,1234`` predefinite come" -" necessario." +"Sostituisci le credenziali ``admin`` e ``Nethesis,1234`` predefinite come " +"necessario." #: ../../cluster.rst:202 msgid "Audit trail" @@ -999,9 +1000,9 @@ msgstr "Audit log" #: ../../cluster.rst:204 msgid "" -"Inside the audit trail page, cluster administrators can inspect all " -"actions executed by any other administrator. Each event of the audit " -"trail contains at least:" +"Inside the audit trail page, cluster administrators can inspect all actions " +"executed by any other administrator. Each event of the audit trail contains " +"at least:" msgstr "" "All'interno della pagina del percorso di audit, gli amministratori di " "cluster possono ispezionare tutte le azioni eseguite da qualsiasi altro " @@ -1021,22 +1022,21 @@ msgstr "nome dell'azione" #: ../../cluster.rst:211 msgid "" -"Audit trail events can be filtered by user, date, action type, and custom" -" text match." +"Audit trail events can be filtered by user, date, action type, and custom " +"text match." msgstr "" -"Gli eventi del log di audit possono essere filtrati per utente, data, " -"tipo di azione e corrispondenza di testo personalizzata." +"Gli eventi del log di audit possono essere filtrati per utente, data, tipo " +"di azione e corrispondenza di testo personalizzata." #: ../../cluster.rst:215 msgid "" -"Audit trail information is stored in the leader node disk. In case of " -":ref:`new leader promotion ` the audit trail " -"information in the old leader is no longer accessible." +"Audit trail information is stored in the leader node disk. In case of :ref:" +"`new leader promotion ` the audit trail information " +"in the old leader is no longer accessible." msgstr "" "Le informazioni del log di audit vengono memorizzate nel disco del nodo " -"leader. In caso di :ref:`new leader promotion ` " -"le informazioni del log di audit nel vecchio leader non sono più " -"accessibili." +"leader. In caso di :ref:`new leader promotion ` le " +"informazioni del log di audit nel vecchio leader non sono più accessibili." #: ../../collabora.rst:5 ../../nextcloud.rst:60 msgid "Collabora Online" @@ -1044,16 +1044,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../collabora.rst:7 msgid "" -"Collabora Online is a powerful LibreOffice-based online office that " -"supports all major document, spreadsheet and presentation file formats, " -"which you can integrate in your own infrastructure. Please see the " -"`official website `_." +"Collabora Online is a powerful LibreOffice-based online office that supports " +"all major document, spreadsheet and presentation file formats, which you can " +"integrate in your own infrastructure. Please see the `official website " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../collabora.rst:12 msgid "" -"You can install multiple Collabora Online instances on the same node from" -" the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Collabora Online instances on the same node from " +"the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../collabora.rst:15 ../../crowdsec.rst:13 ../../dokuwiki.rst:10 @@ -1067,8 +1067,8 @@ msgstr "Configurazione" #: ../../collabora.rst:17 msgid "" -"Collabora needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``collabora.nethserver.org``." +"Collabora needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``collabora.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" #: ../../collabora.rst:19 ../../dokuwiki.rst:14 ../../mattermost.rst:17 @@ -1076,14 +1076,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:16 msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name record inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " -"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have a " +"corresponding name record inside your DNS server. If you are planning to use " +"a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have a " "corresponding public DNS record." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il " -"relativo record all'interno del server DNS. Se hai intenzione di " -"utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come predefinito, assicurati " -"anche di avere un record DNS pubblico corrispondente." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il relativo " +"record all'interno del server DNS. Se hai intenzione di utilizzare un " +"certificato Let's Encrypt come predefinito, assicurati anche di avere un " +"record DNS pubblico corrispondente." #: ../../collabora.rst:22 ../../dokuwiki.rst:17 ../../ejabberd.rst:32 #: ../../mariadb.rst:13 ../../mattermost.rst:24 ../../minio.rst:21 @@ -1102,16 +1102,16 @@ msgstr "inserire un FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Collabora FQDN``" #: ../../collabora.rst:26 msgid "" -"enter a strong password for the ``admin`` user which can be used to " -"access the admin console" +"enter a strong password for the ``admin`` user which can be used to access " +"the admin console" msgstr "" -"inserire una password forte per l'utente ``admin`` che può essere " -"utilizzato per accedere alla console di amministrazione" +"inserire una password forte per l'utente ``admin`` che può essere utilizzato " +"per accedere alla console di amministrazione" #: ../../collabora.rst:27 ../../dokuwiki.rst:20 ../../mattermost.rst:27 msgid "" -"enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly to " -"your needs" +"enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly to your " +"needs" msgstr "" "abilitare ``Let's Encrypt`` e le opzioni ``HTTP a HTTPS`` di conseguenza " "alle vostre esigenze" @@ -1127,16 +1127,16 @@ msgid "" "You can access the admin console by accessing the ``Status`` page and " "clicking the ``Open console`` link." msgstr "" -"È possibile accedere alla console di amministrazione accedendo alla " -"pagina ``Status`` e cliccando sul link ``Apri console``." +"È possibile accedere alla console di amministrazione accedendo alla pagina " +"``Status`` e cliccando sul link ``Apri console``." #: ../../collabora.rst:32 msgid "" "To integrate Collabora with Nextcloud, see :ref:`collabora-integration-" "section`." msgstr "" -"Per integrare Collabora con Nextcloud, vedere :ref:`collabora-" -"integration-section`." +"Per integrare Collabora con Nextcloud, vedere :ref:`collabora-integration-" +"section`." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:3 msgid "CrowdSec" @@ -1144,9 +1144,9 @@ msgstr "CrowdSec" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:5 msgid "" -"`CrowdSec `_ is a malicious activity detection" -" tool. It looks for known patterns, like malicious login attempts, inside" -" the applications logs and blocks the attacker IP address." +"`CrowdSec `_ is a malicious activity detection " +"tool. It looks for known patterns, like malicious login attempts, inside the " +"applications logs and blocks the attacker IP address." msgstr "" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:9 @@ -1155,8 +1155,8 @@ msgstr "È possibile installare solo un'istanza CrowdSec per ogni nodo." #: ../../crowdsec.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once installed, CrowdSec is already fully functional and protect many NS8" -" applications." +"Once installed, CrowdSec is already fully functional and protect many NS8 " +"applications." msgstr "" "Una volta installato, CrowdSec è già completamente funzionale e protegge " "molte applicazioni NS8." @@ -1191,17 +1191,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:32 msgid "" "As default, CrowdSec will send some telemetry to remote CrowdSec-owned " -"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which" -" is sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data" -" and disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the " -"``Enable central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." +"servers. The servers use such data to compose a community blocklist which is " +"sent back to your installation. If you do not want to share such data and " +"disable the community blocklist, you can do it by disabling the ``Enable " +"central API`` option under the ``Advanced`` section." msgstr "" #: ../../crowdsec.rst:37 msgid "" -"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console " -"`_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec " -"instance`` field." +"You can also connect your instance to `CrowdSec console `_ by filling the ``Enroll the CrowdSec instance`` field." msgstr "" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:3 @@ -1210,46 +1209,45 @@ msgstr "Utilizzo del disco" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:7 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 uses `podman `_ to manage OCI " -"containers. When running multiple containers the disk usage will grow " -"quite fast and you could quickly run out of space." +"NethServer 8 uses `podman `_ to manage OCI containers. " +"When running multiple containers the disk usage will grow quite fast and you " +"could quickly run out of space." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 utilizza `podman `_ per gestire i " -"container OCI. Quando si eseguono più container, l'utilizzo del disco " -"crescerà abbastanza velocemente e si potrebbe rapidamente esaurire lo " -"spazio." +"NethServer 8 utilizza `podman `_ per gestire i container " +"OCI. Quando si eseguono più container, l'utilizzo del disco crescerà " +"abbastanza velocemente e si potrebbe rapidamente esaurire lo spazio." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:10 msgid "" -"Rootless containers put their data inside the user home directory " -"``/home``. So if you plan to run many services on the same host, consider" -" mounting an extra disk or partition at the ``/home`` path." +"Rootless containers put their data inside the user home directory ``/home``. " +"So if you plan to run many services on the same host, consider mounting an " +"extra disk or partition at the ``/home`` path." msgstr "" -"I container rootless inseriscono i dati all'interno della directory " -"``/home`` dell'utente. Quindi, se si prevede di eseguire molti servizi " -"sullo stesso host, prendere in considerazione montare un disco o una " -"partizione supplementare sul percorso ``/home``." +"I container rootless inseriscono i dati all'interno della directory ``/" +"home`` dell'utente. Quindi, se si prevede di eseguire molti servizi sullo " +"stesso host, prendere in considerazione montare un disco o una partizione " +"supplementare sul percorso ``/home``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:13 msgid "" -"Rootful containers usually save images and volumes inside the " -"``/var/lib/containers/storage`` directory." +"Rootful containers usually save images and volumes inside the ``/var/lib/" +"containers/storage`` directory." msgstr "" -"I container rootful solitamente salvano immagini e volumi all'interno " -"della directory ``/var/lib/containers/storage``." +"I container rootful solitamente salvano immagini e volumi all'interno della " +"directory ``/var/lib/containers/storage``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:15 msgid "" -"To inspect podman storage configuration of your distribution, you can use" -" the following command: ::" +"To inspect podman storage configuration of your distribution, you can use " +"the following command: ::" msgstr "" -"Per ispezionare la configurazione di storage di podman della " -"distribuzione, è possibile utilizzare il seguente comando: ::" +"Per ispezionare la configurazione di storage di podman della distribuzione, " +"è possibile utilizzare il seguente comando: ::" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:19 msgid "" -"There is another growing directory ``/var/lib/nethserver``: it contains " -"the user interface and actions of rootful modules." +"There is another growing directory ``/var/lib/nethserver``: it contains the " +"user interface and actions of rootful modules." msgstr "" "C'è un'altra directory che tende a crescere ``/var/lib/nethserver``: " "contiene l'interfaccia utente e le azioni dei moduli rootful." @@ -1263,24 +1261,23 @@ msgid "" "If you’re running out of disk space, consider expanding the ``/home`` " "filesystem." msgstr "" -"Se stai esaurendo lo spazio su disco, considera di espandere il " -"filesystem ``/home``." +"Se stai esaurendo lo spazio su disco, considera di espandere il filesystem " +"``/home``." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:26 msgid "" "On a physical machine, the best option is to setup LVM during the " -"distribution installation. On the other hand, on a virtual machine you " -"could easily expand the whole root filesystem." +"distribution installation. On the other hand, on a virtual machine you could " +"easily expand the whole root filesystem." msgstr "" -"Su una macchina fisica, l'opzione migliore è quella di impostare LVM " -"durante l'installazione della distribuzione. D'altra parte, su una " -"macchina virtuale si potrebbe facilmente espandere l'intero filesystem " -"root." +"Su una macchina fisica, l'opzione migliore è quella di impostare LVM durante " +"l'installazione della distribuzione. D'altra parte, su una macchina virtuale " +"si potrebbe facilmente espandere l'intero filesystem root." #: ../../disk_usage.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you can't do any of the above, consider adding a new disk and " -"migrating existing data using the script below. The script will:" +"If you can't do any of the above, consider adding a new disk and migrating " +"existing data using the script below. The script will:" msgstr "" "Se non è possibile nessuna delle suddette azioni, si può prendere in " "considerazione l'aggiunta di un nuovo disco e la migrazione dei dati " @@ -1313,9 +1310,9 @@ msgid "" "launch the script by passing the mount location as parameter, like: ::" msgstr "" "Prima di eseguire lo script, assicurarsi di collegare il disco alla " -"macchina, formattarlo e montarlo in un percorso personalizzato come " -"``/mnt/temp_disk``. Quindi lanciare lo script inserendo il percorso di " -"mount come parametro, così: ::" +"macchina, formattarlo e montarlo in un percorso personalizzato come ``/mnt/" +"temp_disk``. Quindi lanciare lo script inserendo il percorso di mount come " +"parametro, così: ::" #: ../../disk_usage.rst:44 msgid "The ``migrate`` script:." @@ -1327,11 +1324,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container " -"image pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a " -"specific time period. This limit is in place to manage server load and " -"ensure fair usage of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the" -" type of account you have:" +"The Docker Hub pull limit is a restriction on the number of container image " +"pulls you can perform from Docker Hub's repository within a specific time " +"period. This limit is in place to manage server load and ensure fair usage " +"of Docker Hub's resources. The limits vary based on the type of account you " +"have:" msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:8 @@ -1344,21 +1341,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:10 msgid "" "Authenticated users: registered users with free accounts have a certain " -"number of free image pulls allowed in a given time window. After reaching" -" this limit, you might need to wait or for more pulls." +"number of free image pulls allowed in a given time window. After reaching " +"this limit, you might need to wait or for more pulls." msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:12 msgid "" -"If NethServer shares its public IP with other systems, it might encounter" -" such rate limit." +"If NethServer shares its public IP with other systems, it might encounter " +"such rate limit." msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:14 msgid "" "To increase your pull limit and avoid errors, log in to your Docker Hub " -"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to " -"a higher pull rate limit based on your account type." +"account when pulling images. This authentication can grant you access to a " +"higher pull rate limit based on your account type." msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:17 @@ -1367,16 +1364,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:23 msgid "" -"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to " -"generate a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer " -"to the Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." +"This command prompts for Docker Hub credentials. It's advisable to generate " +"a read-only access token specifically for the NS8 system. Refer to the " +"Docker Hub documentation for guidance on generating tokens." msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:27 msgid "" -"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the " -"``/etc/nethserver/registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-" -"readable, as it's required by NS8 modules." +"The access token returned by docker.io is stored in the ``/etc/nethserver/" +"registry.json`` file. Make sure the file remains world-readable, as it's " +"required by NS8 modules." msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:30 @@ -1393,20 +1390,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:40 msgid "" -"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" +"`Download rate limit | Docker Documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:41 msgid "" -"`podman-login — Podman documentation " -"`_" +"`podman-login — Podman documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../dockerhub.rst:42 msgid "" -"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation " -"`_" +"`Create and manage access tokens | Docker Documentation `_" msgstr "" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:3 @@ -1415,20 +1412,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:5 msgid "" -"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile " -"open source Wiki." +"`DokuWiki `_ is a simple and highly versatile open " +"source Wiki." msgstr "" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:7 msgid "" -"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple DokuWiki instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:12 msgid "" -"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``wiki.nethserver.org``." +"DokuWiki needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``wiki.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:19 @@ -1437,8 +1434,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../dokuwiki.rst:22 msgid "" -"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: " -"``https://wiki.nethserver.org``." +"use your browser to go to the selected FQDN, eg: ``https://wiki.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:5 @@ -1448,8 +1445,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:7 msgid "" "The Ejabberd module installs the ejabberd Community Server Docker Image " -"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 " -"or 5223)." +"(standard protocol Jabber/XMPP) and supports TLS on standard ports (5222 or " +"5223)." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:10 @@ -1466,23 +1463,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:17 msgid "" -"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server " -"`_ Docker Image." +"The Ejabberd module installs `ejabberd Community Server `_ Docker Image." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:19 msgid "" -"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and " -"for networks client. Check out the `official documentation " -"`_ for further details." +"Ejabberd is an Open Source chat server directly integrated to Webtop and for " +"networks client. Check out the `official documentation `_ for further details." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:25 msgid "" -"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like " -"``nethserver.org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " -"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but" -" a trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." +"Ejabberd needs a dedicated virtual host name, a FQDN like ``nethserver." +"org``, This domain will be used for authentication of users " +"(``foo@nethserver.org``). A self-signed TLS certificate could be used but a " +"trusted Let's Encrypt certificate is recommended." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:27 ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:23 @@ -1490,8 +1487,8 @@ msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " "corresponding name record inside your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il " -"relativo record di nome all'interno del server DNS." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare il relativo " +"record di nome all'interno del server DNS." #: ../../ejabberd.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -1520,8 +1517,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:38 msgid "" -"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host" -" name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." +"Connect a XMMP client with a valid user on the domain to the entered host " +"name, e.g.: ``https://ejabberd.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:41 @@ -1532,18 +1529,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:43 msgid "" -"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port" -" 5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd" -" using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " +"The Ejabberd administrators are allowed to use the web admin page on port " +"5280. The ejabberd Web Admin allows to administer some parts of ejabberd " +"using a web browser: accounts, Shared Roster Groups, manage the Mnesia " "database, create and restore backups, view server statistics, …" msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:46 -msgid "The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." +msgid "" +"The administration page is available at `https://IP_OR_FQDN:5280/admin`." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:48 -msgid "Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" +msgid "" +"Under the Advanced options section, the administrator can also configure:" msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:50 @@ -1572,17 +1571,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:59 msgid "" -"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users" -" with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote " -"servers. S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other," -" forming a global 'federated' IM network." +"The XMPP system is federated by nature. If :index:`S2S` is enabled, users " +"with accounts on one server can communicate with users on remote servers. " +"S2S allows for servers communicating seamlessly with each other, forming a " +"global 'federated' IM network." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:63 msgid "" "For this purpose, the SRV DNS record must be configured for your domain " -"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server " -"must have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." +"(https://wiki.xmpp.org/web/SRV_Records#XMPP_SRV_records) and the server must " +"have a valid SSL/TLS certificate." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:67 @@ -1591,30 +1590,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:69 msgid "" -"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive " -"Management as described in `XEP-0313 " -"`_. When enabled, all messages " -"will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP clients can use it " -"to store their chat history on the server." +"Message Archive Management (mod_mam) implements Message Archive Management " +"as described in `XEP-0313 `_. When " +"enabled, all messages will be stored inside the server and compatible XMPP " +"clients can use it to store their chat history on the server." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:72 msgid "" -"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages " -"can be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set " -":guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." +"The database can store a maximum of 2GB of messages, archived messages can " +"be purged automatically. To configure message retention policy, set :" +"guilabel:`Clean messages older than X days` option." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:77 msgid "" -"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This" -" behavior will affect the privacy of your users." +"If enabled, this module will store every message sent between users. This " +"behavior will affect the privacy of your users." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:84 msgid "" -"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the " -"chat server." +"All users listed in the text area are considered administrators of the chat " +"server." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:86 @@ -1655,17 +1653,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:102 msgid "" -"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter " -"the user name and the domain of the machine." +"When you configure the client, make sure TLS (or SSL) is enabled. Enter the " +"user name and the domain of the machine." msgstr "" #: ../../ejabberd.rst:105 msgid "" -"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could " -"reject connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate " -"doesn't match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two " -"sub-domains ``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be " -"obtained for free with Let's Encrypt." +"With TLS capabilities, strictly configured servers or clients could reject " +"connections with your Ejabberd server if the SSL/TLS certificate doesn't " +"match the domain name. Also, the certificate should contain two sub-domains " +"``pubsub.*`` and ``conference.*``. This certificate can be obtained for free " +"with Let's Encrypt." msgstr "" #: ../../email_notifications.rst:5 @@ -1684,8 +1682,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../email_notifications.rst:12 msgid "" -"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP" -" server`` and fill the required details." +"Then, enable the feature by clicking on ``Send notifications with an SMTP " +"server`` and fill the required details." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:3 @@ -1698,9 +1696,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:9 msgid "" -"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's " -"aimed for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do " -"not want to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." +"NethServer 8, aka NS8, is a simple-to-use container orchestrator. It's aimed " +"for Linux sysadmins who need the flexibility of containers, but do not want " +"to mess around with a complex tools like Kubernetes." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:13 @@ -1721,8 +1719,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:22 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: " -"read the :ref:`release notes `." +"NethServer 8 has reached the :ref:`stable ` status: read " +"the :ref:`release notes `." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:26 @@ -1731,21 +1729,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:28 msgid "" -"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is " -"heavily-coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using " -"RPMs package and configure them with a configuration management system " -"called e-smith." +"NethServer 7 is an operating system built on top of CentOS 7. It is heavily-" +"coupled with the underlying OS. It installs applications using RPMs package " +"and configure them with a configuration management system called e-smith." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:33 msgid "" "NethServer 8 can run on different :ref:`Linux distributions `. It installs applications using containers and " -"configures them using a multi-node architecture." +"distros-section>`. It installs applications using containers and configures " +"them using a multi-node architecture." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:37 -msgid "As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." +msgid "" +"As NS7, NS8 is perfectly suited for small offices and medium enterprises." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:40 @@ -1762,10 +1760,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:46 msgid "" "If you need a new user domain, just create a new node and join it to the " -"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. " -"Of course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main " -"node. No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely " -"connected with an encrypted VPN." +"existing cluster: you can spread the workload across multiple machines. Of " +"course, everything is under your control just from the UI of the main node. " +"No matter if nodes are local or remotes, they are securely connected with an " +"encrypted VPN." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:51 @@ -1778,9 +1776,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has " -"been. The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." +"Migrating to the next major release is a primary goal, as always has been. " +"The migration procedure is documented :ref:`here `. We " +"are working hard to make it *safe* and *painless*." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:61 @@ -1797,8 +1795,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:68 msgid "" -"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just" -" :ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." +"You can download a :ref:`pre-built image ` or just :" +"ref:`install ` on a supported distribution." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:72 @@ -1807,9 +1805,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:74 msgid "" -"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting " -":ref:`these distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built" -" images `." +"Yes. You can choose any hypervisor or cloud provider supporting :ref:`these " +"distributions ` or :ref:`pre-built images " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:79 @@ -1826,8 +1824,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:86 msgid "" -"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look " -"to the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." +"Anything supported by your chosen distribution. Make sure to take a look to " +"the :ref:`system-requirements-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:90 @@ -1847,8 +1845,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:99 msgid "" -"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only " -"local running services." +"No. NethServer 8 has a limited built-in firewall used to protect only local " +"running services." msgstr "" #: ../../faq.rst:102 @@ -1863,24 +1861,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:7 msgid "" -"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba " -"`_. It provides shared folders and home directories" -" to users and groups of an Active Directory domain." +"The ``File server`` application is built with `Samba `_. It provides shared folders and home directories to users and groups " +"of an Active Directory domain." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:11 msgid "" -"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see" -" :ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " +"This application is available by installing a Samba account provider (see :" +"ref:`active_directory-section`) with the ``Provide file shares and " "authentication to Windows clients`` switch enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:17 msgid "" -"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN " -"IP address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. " -"Other DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to" -" cluster applications." +"Only one domain controller in the AD domain can be configured with a LAN IP " +"address and serves Authentication, Shares and DNS to Windows clients. Other " +"DCs are bound to the cluster private VPN and are accessible only to cluster " +"applications." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:23 @@ -1889,8 +1887,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:25 msgid "" -"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` " -"from the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." +"Open Samba application from the app drawer, select ``Shared folders`` from " +"the left menu and click on :guilabel:`Create shared folder`." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:28 @@ -1903,21 +1901,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:32 msgid "" -"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share " -"comment\"" +"``Description``: free text, displayed to SMB clients as the \"share comment\"" msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:34 msgid "" -"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to " -"the share" +"``Main group``: select a domain group to assign initial permissions to the " +"share" msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:36 msgid "" -"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note " -"that in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full " -"privileges." +"``Initial permissions``: pick one of the three available choices. Note that " +"in any case the ``Domain Admins`` group is initially granted full privileges." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:40 @@ -1935,14 +1931,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:48 msgid "" "To access the shared folder it is necessary to provide valid domain " -"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security " -"reasons [#anon]_\\ ." +"credentials. Anonymous or guest access is not allowed for security reasons " +"[#anon]_\\ ." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are " -"available on the shared folder:" +"Once created, from the three-dots menu, the following actions are available " +"on the shared folder:" msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:55 @@ -1961,10 +1957,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:62 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to " -"the shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB " -"client, like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro " -"flavours, or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." +"The :guilabel:`Show ACLs` button displays the filesystem ACLs applied to the " +"shared folder root directory. It is possible to edit ACLs with a SMB client, " +"like the Windows Explorer application installed with Windows Pro flavours, " +"or the ``smbcacls`` command provided by the Samba project." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:69 @@ -1973,8 +1969,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:73 msgid "" -"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same" -" IP address used in the file server backup." +"To avoid reconfiguring network clients the system should provide the same IP " +"address used in the file server backup." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:76 @@ -1991,21 +1987,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:83 msgid "" -"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services " -"are started automatically and no further actions are required." +"If the system IP address is the same used in the backup set, DC services are " +"started automatically and no further actions are required." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:86 msgid "" -"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using " -"the system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to " -"select another IP address in a second time: ::" +"If the previous condition does not apply, DC services are started using the " +"system VPN IP address as fallback. A similar command is required to select " +"another IP address in a second time: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:92 msgid "" -"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the " -"`ipaddress` value with the correct IP address." +"Replace `samba0` with the correct module identifier. Replace the `ipaddress` " +"value with the correct IP address." msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:95 @@ -2029,8 +2025,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../file_server.rst:105 msgid "" "*Guest access in SMB2 and SMB3 disabled by default in Windows* `link to " -"learn.microsoft.com `_" +"learn.microsoft.com `_" msgstr "" #: ../../firewall.rst:3 @@ -2043,10 +2039,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../firewall.rst:7 msgid "" -"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where" -" all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a " -"public zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have" -" the following open ports:" +"The cluster VPN network interface ``wg0`` is part of a trusted zone where " +"all traffic is permitted. All other network interfaces are part of a public " +"zone where only specific ports are open. By default, NS8 will have the " +"following open ports:" msgstr "" #: ../../firewall.rst:12 @@ -2090,8 +2086,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../firewall.rst:27 msgid "" "To allow connections to the listening port of a third-party service, use " -"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port " -"9000: ::" +"``firewall-cmd``. For instance, the following command opens TCP port 9000: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../firewall.rst:32 @@ -2100,10 +2095,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../firewall.rst:36 msgid "" -"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart " -"or system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, " -"adding also the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` " -"manual page for more information." +"Changes to the firewall configuration are lost after a firewall restart or " +"system reboot, unless the same command is invoked a second time, adding also " +"the ``--permanent`` flag. Refer to the ``firewall-cmd`` manual page for more " +"information." msgstr "" #: ../../firewall.rst:41 @@ -2116,76 +2111,75 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:9 msgid "" -"This module installs Imapsync, an IMAP transfer tool used for copying and" -" moving emails from external IMAP servers to a :ref:`Mail server ` instance. This module can serve many purposes. For example:" msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:12 -msgid "If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." +msgid "" +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a backup for the remote one." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several " -"remote ones." +"If you want to use the local IMAP account as a combination of several remote " +"ones." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local " -"one." +"If you want to migrate messages from one remote IMAP account to a local one." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:16 msgid "" -"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many " -"times as needed, also you can select the task frequency." +"The task is both recursive and incremental and can be repeated as many times " +"as needed, also you can select the task frequency." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:18 msgid "" -"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know " -"the password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user " -"mailbox with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has " -"to know the password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP " -"administrative authentication is implemented also by the remote email " -"server." +"The system administrator of the local NethServer does not need to know the " +"password of the local user because Imapsync access the local user mailbox " +"with administrative permissions. However, the administrator has to know the " +"password of the remote IMAP account, unless the IMAP administrative " +"authentication is implemented also by the remote email server." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:20 msgid "" "If the remote IMAP server is a NethServer 7, the IMAP admin user is " -"``vmail`` and its password can be read from " -"``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` " -"suffix (e.g. ``username@domain.com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to" -" be set in the IMAP synchronization panel." +"``vmail`` and its password can be read from ``/var/lib/nethserver/secrets/" +"vmail``. The username with a ``*vmail`` suffix (e.g. ``username@domain." +"com*vmail``) and the vmail password has to be set in the IMAP " +"synchronization panel." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:25 msgid "" -"List of `IMAP servers " -"`_ with" -" admin authentication in Imapsync documentation" +"List of `IMAP servers `_ with admin authentication in Imapsync " +"documentation" msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:28 msgid "" -"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official " -"documentation `_ for further details." +"Imapsync is an Open Source software. Check out the `official documentation " +"`_ for further details." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:33 msgid "" -"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in" -" the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks " -"as needed for each user of the domain." +"Imapsync needs to be configured to use a Mail module already installed in " +"the NethServer 8 cluster. Once configured, you can create as many tasks as " +"needed for each user of the domain." msgstr "" #: ../../imapsync.rst:36 msgid "" -"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at " -":ref:`user-domains-section`." +"Imasync is integrated with LDAP user domain that you can configure at :ref:" +"`user-domains-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../index.rst:18 @@ -2231,9 +2225,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:12 msgid "" "You can install NethServer 8 :ref:`on a supported distribution " -"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images " -"`. Both methods require a working Internet " -"connection." +"` or use one of :ref:`pre-built images `. Both methods require a working Internet connection." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:18 @@ -2260,16 +2253,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:39 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky " -"Linux 9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." +"NethServer 8 provides an image built upon the stable foundation Rocky Linux " +"9, making it suitable for a wide range of server applications." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:42 msgid "" -"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The " -"default method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. " -"Refer to your virtualization platform documentation for more information " -"about Cloud-init support." +"The pre-built image uses Cloud-init for network initialization. The default " +"method to obtain network configuration is the DHCP protocol. Refer to your " +"virtualization platform documentation for more information about Cloud-init " +"support." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:47 @@ -2306,8 +2299,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:1 msgid "" -"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" -"linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" +"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable.qcow2" msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:1 @@ -2324,24 +2316,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:1 msgid "" -"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-" -"linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" +"https://distfeed.nethserver.org/ns8-images/ns8-rocky-linux-9-ns8-stable.vmdk" msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:53 msgid "" "Choose the ``qcow2`` image format if you are using a KVM-based " -"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or " -"the ``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware " -"`_." +"virtualization platform, like `Proxmox `_, or the " +"``vmdk`` format if you are using something like `VMware `_." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:57 msgid "" "When the image download has completed verify the file integrity with the " -"`sha256 checksum file " -"`_. Download the " -"checksum then run for example the following command: ::" +"`sha256 checksum file `_. Download the checksum then run for example the following " +"command: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:64 @@ -2350,20 +2341,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:66 msgid "" -"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the " -"disk." +"For VMWare, configure the virtual machine to use the IDE driver for the disk." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:67 msgid "" -"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than " -"``kvm64``." +"For Proxmox, change the default CPU model to anything other than ``kvm64``." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:69 msgid "" -"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or " -"upload it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." +"Finally, start the NS8 image within your virtualization platform, or upload " +"it to a cloud provider to create a public virtual machine." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:72 @@ -2380,15 +2369,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:77 msgid "" -"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon " -"the first login, you will be prompted to change the password." +"Access the system console and log in using the default credentials. Upon the " +"first login, you will be prompted to change the password." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:80 msgid "" -"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user" -" account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute" -" the following commands and enter the desired password: ::" +"To obtain administrative SSH access to the system, create a personal user " +"account in the ``wheel`` group and set a password. For instance, execute the " +"following commands and enter the desired password: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:87 @@ -2410,8 +2399,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:103 msgid "" -"When the installation script ends or the pre-built image has started, " -"access the Web user interface at ::" +"When the installation script ends or the pre-built image has started, access " +"the Web user interface at ::" msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:110 @@ -2428,36 +2417,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:117 msgid "" -"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to create a " -"new single-node cluster." +"Choose :guilabel:`Create cluster` and follow the procedure to create a new " +"single-node cluster." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:120 msgid "" -"For security reasons, the admin password must be changed immediately if " -"it is still at the default value." +"For security reasons, the admin password must be changed immediately if it " +"is still at the default value." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:126 msgid "" -"Even if running on a single node, the system will setup a Virtual Private" -" Network (VPN) for the cluster. With the VPN in place, you will be able " -"to add more nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be " -"good for most environments, anyway make sure ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does " -"not conflict with your existing network environment, because it cannot be" -" changed once it has been set." +"Even if running on a single node, the system will setup a Virtual Private " +"Network (VPN) for the cluster. With the VPN in place, you will be able to " +"add more nodes in the future. The proposed default values should be good for " +"most environments, anyway make sure ``VPN network (CIDR)`` does not conflict " +"with your existing network environment, because it cannot be changed once it " +"has been set." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:133 msgid "" -"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now " -"ready." +"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Create cluster` button. Your NS8 is now ready." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:135 msgid "" -"A new cluster has assigned the default name ``NethServer 8``. If you wish" -" to change it:" +"A new cluster has assigned the default name ``NethServer 8``. If you wish to " +"change it:" msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:138 @@ -2475,10 +2463,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:142 msgid "" "Now sure where to go from here? You can install a :ref:`LDAP ` or :ref:`Active Directory ` user " -"domain, read an introduction about :ref:`modules `, take" -" a look at :ref:`system logs `, add :ref:`new nodes " -"`, or setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." +"section>` or :ref:`Active Directory ` user domain, " +"read an introduction about :ref:`modules `, take a look at :" +"ref:`system logs `, add :ref:`new nodes `, or " +"setup a :ref:`metric dashboard `." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:148 @@ -2492,8 +2480,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:152 msgid "" "The uninstall command attempts to stop and erase core components and " -"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything " -"under ``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." +"additional modules. Handle it with care because it erases everything under " +"``/home`` and ``/var/lib/nethserver`` directories." msgstr "" #: ../../install.rst:155 @@ -2510,41 +2498,41 @@ msgstr "Informazioni su NethServer 8" #: ../../introduction.rst:8 msgid "" -"NethServer 8 (NS8) is an application server specifically designed for " -"small offices and medium enterprises. It facilitates the management of " +"NethServer 8 (NS8) is an application server specifically designed for small " +"offices and medium enterprises. It facilitates the management of " "applications through a user-friendly web interface. NS8 operates as a " "container orchestrator, a system that can manage and coordinate the " "deployment of various applications." msgstr "" "NethServer 8 (NS8) è un application server appositamente progettato per " "piccoli uffici e medie imprese. Facilita la gestione delle applicazioni " -"attraverso un'interfaccia web user-friendly. NS8 opera come orchestratore" -" di container, un sistema in grado di gestire e coordinare " -"l'installazione di varie applicazioni." +"attraverso un'interfaccia web user-friendly. NS8 opera come orchestratore di " +"container, un sistema in grado di gestire e coordinare l'installazione di " +"varie applicazioni." #: ../../introduction.rst:14 msgid "" -"One of its key features is the ability to host different applications on " -"a single machine or distribute the workload across multiple nodes. This " -"flexibility allows for efficient resource utilization and scalability " -"based on the organization's needs." +"One of its key features is the ability to host different applications on a " +"single machine or distribute the workload across multiple nodes. This " +"flexibility allows for efficient resource utilization and scalability based " +"on the organization's needs." msgstr "" "Una delle sue caratteristiche chiave è la capacità di ospitare diverse " -"applicazioni su una singola macchina o distribuire il carico di lavoro su" -" più nodi. Questa flessibilità consente un utilizzo efficiente delle " -"risorse e una scalabilità basate sulle esigenze dell'organizzazione." +"applicazioni su una singola macchina o distribuire il carico di lavoro su " +"più nodi. Questa flessibilità consente un utilizzo efficiente delle risorse " +"e una scalabilità basate sulle esigenze dell'organizzazione." #: ../../introduction.rst:19 msgid "" "NS8 represents the evolution of NethServer 7, which was a complete Linux " -"distribution based on CentOS. However, NS8 departs from this model and " -"can now be installed over different Linux distributions, providing users " -"with more choices and compatibility options." +"distribution based on CentOS. However, NS8 departs from this model and can " +"now be installed over different Linux distributions, providing users with " +"more choices and compatibility options." msgstr "" "NS8 rappresenta l'evoluzione di NethServer 7, una distribuzione Linux " -"completa basata su CentOS. Tuttavia, NS8 si discosta da questo modello e " -"ora può essere installato su diverse distribuzioni Linux, fornendo agli " -"utenti più scelte e opzioni di compatibilità." +"completa basata su CentOS. Tuttavia, NS8 si discosta da questo modello e ora " +"può essere installato su diverse distribuzioni Linux, fornendo agli utenti " +"più scelte e opzioni di compatibilità." #: ../../introduction.rst:25 msgid "Get support" @@ -2552,31 +2540,31 @@ msgstr "Richiedere assistenza" #: ../../introduction.rst:27 msgid "" -"You want to know more or look for some help? Check out our great " -"`community `_, or :ref:`subscription " +"You want to know more or look for some help? Check out our great `community " +"`_, or :ref:`subscription " "plans`!" msgstr "" "Vuoi saperne di più o hai bisogno aiuto? Dai un'occhiata alla nostra " -"incredibile `community `_ , o ai " -":ref:`piani di abbonamento`!" +"incredibile `community `_ , o ai :ref:" +"`piani di abbonamento`!" #: ../../introduction.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you are looking for more technical details, take a look to the " -"`developer manual `_." +"If you are looking for more technical details, take a look to the `developer " +"manual `_." msgstr "" "Se sei alla ricerca di maggiori dettagli tecnici, dai un'occhiata al " "`manuale dello sviluppatore `_." #: ../../introduction.rst:33 msgid "" -"Bugs can be discussed and reported inside the `community forum " -"`_. The public issue tracker is " -"available at `GitHub `_." +"Bugs can be discussed and reported inside the `community forum `_. The public issue tracker is available at " +"`GitHub `_." msgstr "" -"I bug possono essere segnalati e discussi nel `forum community " -"`_. L'issue tracker pubblico è " -"disponibile su `GitHub `_." +"I bug possono essere segnalati e discussi nel `forum community `_. L'issue tracker pubblico è disponibile su " +"`GitHub `_." #: ../../log_server.rst:5 msgid "System logs" @@ -2590,12 +2578,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default, `Grafana Loki `_ is installed " -"on the leader node, it collects the logs from all cluster nodes. A " -"rootful `Promtail " -"`_ container runs" -" on all nodes, including the leader one. It sends all logs to the Loki " -"server." +"By default, `Grafana Loki `_ is installed on " +"the leader node, it collects the logs from all cluster nodes. A rootful " +"`Promtail `_ " +"container runs on all nodes, including the leader one. It sends all logs to " +"the Loki server." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:14 @@ -2604,8 +2591,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:16 msgid "" -"Logs are accessible from the ``System logs`` page. You can filter logs by" -" date, a text query or context. Available contexts are:" +"Logs are accessible from the ``System logs`` page. You can filter logs by " +"date, a text query or context. Available contexts are:" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:19 @@ -2630,8 +2617,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:25 msgid "" -"Sometimes is useful to compare the logs of two applications side-by-side." -" You can do it by following these steps:" +"Sometimes is useful to compare the logs of two applications side-by-side. " +"You can do it by following these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:28 @@ -2660,22 +2647,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you're familiar with the command line, recent logs are visible using " -"the ``journalctl`` command and services can be inspected using the " -"``systemctl`` command. As root use ``journalctl`` to see messages from " -"agents, rootful and rootless modules." +"If you're familiar with the command line, recent logs are visible using the " +"``journalctl`` command and services can be inspected using the ``systemctl`` " +"command. As root use ``journalctl`` to see messages from agents, rootful and " +"rootless modules." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:44 msgid "" -"You can also use the ``api-server-logs`` to query directly the Loki " -"server. Example to inspect the log of the `traefik1` module: ::" +"You can also use the ``api-server-logs`` to query directly the Loki server. " +"Example to inspect the log of the `traefik1` module: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also enable the automatic completion of the above command. First," -" install the ``bash-completion`` package." +"You can also enable the automatic completion of the above command. First, " +"install the ``bash-completion`` package." msgstr "" #: ../../log_server.rst:52 @@ -2704,47 +2691,41 @@ msgstr "Il modulo Email è diviso in tre parti principali:" #: ../../mail.rst:9 msgid "" -"`Postfix `_: `SMTP " -"`_ server " -"for sending and receiving" +"`Postfix `_: `SMTP `_ server for sending and receiving" msgstr "" -"`Postfix `_: `SMTP " -"`_ server " -"per l'invio e la ricezione" +"`Postfix `_: `SMTP `_ server per l'invio e la ricezione" #: ../../mail.rst:10 msgid "" -"`Dovecot `_: `IMAP " -"`_ and " -"`POP3 `_ server to " -"read email, and `Sieve " -"`_ " -"language to organize it" +"`Dovecot `_: `IMAP `_ and `POP3 `_ server to read email, and `Sieve `_ language to organize it" msgstr "" -"`Dovecot `_: `IMAP " -"`_ e " -"`POP3 `_ server per " -"leggere e-mail e `Sieve " -" `_ lingua" -" per organizzarlo" +"`Dovecot `_: `IMAP `_ e `POP3 `_ server per leggere e-mail e `Sieve `_ lingua per " +"organizzarlo" #: ../../mail.rst:13 msgid "" -"`RSPAMD `_: antispam filter, antivirus and " -"attachments blocker" +"`RSPAMD `_: antispam filter, antivirus and attachments " +"blocker" msgstr "" -"`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e " -"allegati" +"`RSPAMD `_: filtro antispam, blocco antivirus e allegati" #: ../../mail.rst:15 msgid "" "The optional :ref:`imapsync-section` module can be connected to Mail. It " -"allows scheduling fetch jobs or migrating emails from external IMAP " -"servers to local user mailboxes." +"allows scheduling fetch jobs or migrating emails from external IMAP servers " +"to local user mailboxes." msgstr "" "Il modulo opzionale :ref:`imapsync-section` può essere collegato a Mail. " -"Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di " -"migrazione da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." +"Consente di pianificare i lavori di acquisizione o di e-mail di migrazione " +"da server IMAP esterni a caselle di posta degli utenti locali." #: ../../mail.rst:17 msgid "Benefits are:" @@ -2760,7 +2741,8 @@ msgstr "evitare problemi a causa del Servizio Provider internet" #: ../../mail.rst:21 msgid "ability to track the route of messages in order to detect errors" -msgstr "capacità di tracciare il percorso dei messaggi al fine di rilevare errori" +msgstr "" +"capacità di tracciare il percorso dei messaggi al fine di rilevare errori" #: ../../mail.rst:22 msgid "optimized antivirus and antispam scan" @@ -2780,28 +2762,28 @@ msgstr "`MX DNS `_ record" #: ../../mail.rst:28 msgid "" -"`Simple Mail Transfer Protocol " -"`_ (SMTP)" +"`Simple Mail Transfer Protocol `_ " +"(SMTP)" msgstr "" -"`Protocollo di trasferimento di posta semplice " -"`_ (SMTP)" +"`Protocollo di trasferimento di posta semplice `_ (SMTP)" #: ../../mail.rst:29 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"`Domain Keys Identified Mail signature " -"`_ (DKIM)" +"`Domain Keys Identified Mail signature `_ (DKIM)" msgstr "" -"`Domain Keys Identificati Firma della posta " -"`_ (DKIM)" +"`Domain Keys Identificati Firma della posta `_ (DKIM)" #: ../../mail.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can install only one mail server per node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install only one mail server per node from the :ref:`software_center-" +"section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare un solo server di posta per nodo dal :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare un solo server di posta per nodo dal :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../mail.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2819,27 +2801,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:40 msgid "" -"``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the" -" same name configured inside your MX DNS record" +"``Mail server hostname``: insert the mail server name, this should be the " +"same name configured inside your MX DNS record" msgstr "" "``Mail server hostname``: inserire il nome del server di posta, questo " "dovrebbe essere lo stesso nome configurato all'interno del record MX DNS" #: ../../mail.rst:42 msgid "" -"``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``;" -" you will be able to add more domains later" +"``Primary mail domain``: insert the mail domain, like ``nethserver.org``; " +"you will be able to add more domains later" msgstr "" -"``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come " -"``nethserver.org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" +"``Primary mail domain``: inserire il dominio della posta, come ``nethserver." +"org``; sarete in grado di aggiungere più domini in seguito" #: ../../mail.rst:45 msgid "" -"Then, select the user domain to be connected to the mail server. An email" -" address will be created for every user in the selected domain." +"Then, select the user domain to be connected to the mail server. An email " +"address will be created for every user in the selected domain." msgstr "" -"Quindi, selezionare il dominio utente da collegare al server di posta. Un" -" indirizzo email verrà creato per ogni utente del dominio selezionato." +"Quindi, selezionare il dominio utente da collegare al server di posta. Un " +"indirizzo email verrà creato per ogni utente del dominio selezionato." #: ../../mail.rst:52 msgid "Domains" @@ -2847,11 +2829,11 @@ msgstr "Domini" #: ../../mail.rst:54 msgid "" -"NethServer can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable " -"from the ``Domains`` page." +"NethServer can handle an unlimited number of mail domains, configurable from " +"the ``Domains`` page." msgstr "" -"NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, " -"configurabili dalla pagina ``Domains``." +"NethServer può gestire un numero illimitato di domini postali, configurabili " +"dalla pagina ``Domains``." #: ../../mail.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -2863,9 +2845,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can add a new domain by clicking on the :guilabel:`Create domain` " -"button and fill the ``Name`` field with the mail domain, like " -"``mymail.org``." +"You can add a new domain by clicking on the :guilabel:`Create domain` button " +"and fill the ``Name`` field with the mail domain, like ``mymail.org``." msgstr "" "È possibile aggiungere un nuovo dominio cliccando sul pulsante: `Crea " "dominio` e riempire il campo ``Name``` con il dominio della posta, come " @@ -2873,9 +2854,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:63 msgid "" -"If the ``Add user addresses from user domain`` option is disabled, you " -"can enable the ``Accept unknown recipients`` switch and select a mailbox " -"that will catch all messages sent to non-existing addresses." +"If the ``Add user addresses from user domain`` option is disabled, you can " +"enable the ``Accept unknown recipients`` switch and select a mailbox that " +"will catch all messages sent to non-existing addresses." msgstr "" "Se l'opzione ``Add user address from user domain`` è disabilitata, è " "possibile attivare l'opzione ``Accetta destinatari sconosciuti`` e " @@ -2885,9 +2866,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:66 msgid "" "NethServer allows storing a hidden copy of all messages directed to a " -"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and " -"also* to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the " -":guilabel:`Copy inbound messages` switch." +"particular domain: they will be delivered to the final recipient *and also* " +"to a custom email address. The hidden copy is enabled by the :guilabel:`Copy " +"inbound messages` switch." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:71 @@ -2898,13 +2879,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:74 msgid "" -"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does" -" not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a " -"mail domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently " -"deliver the message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved" -" by enabling the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration" -" is available only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is " -"disabled." +"If the final recipient cannot be reached (i.e. the recipient address does " +"not exist), the message is normally rejected. Sometimes (i.e. when a mail " +"domain is migrated) it could be useful to accept it and silently deliver the " +"message to a catch-all mailbox. This behavior can be achieved by enabling " +"the ``Accept unknown recipients`` option. This configuration is available " +"only if ``Add user address from user domain`` option is disabled." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:82 @@ -2924,24 +2904,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:90 msgid "" -"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP " -"ports 587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." +"The DKIM signature headers are added only to messages sent through TCP ports " +"587 (submission) and 465 (smtps)." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:93 msgid "" -"To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to" -" the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" +"To work effectively, the public DNS must be configured properly. Refer to " +"the instructions of your DNS provider to run the following steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:96 msgid "" -"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key " -"\"default._domainKey\"" +"Add a TXT record to your public DNS service provider with key \"default." +"_domainKey\"" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:98 -msgid "Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" +msgid "" +"Copy and paste the given key text in the DNS record data (RDATA) section" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:104 ../../mail.rst:240 @@ -2951,8 +2932,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:106 msgid "" "Each user has a personal mailbox and any user name in the form " -"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages " -"into it." +"*@* is also a valid email address to deliver messages into " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:109 @@ -2983,14 +2964,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:120 msgid "" -"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref" -":`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom mailbox quota``: override the quota configured from the :ref:" +"`mail_settings-section`" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:121 msgid "" -"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the " -":ref:`mail_settings-section`" +"``Custom spam retention``: override the retention configured from the :ref:" +"`mail_settings-section`" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:124 @@ -2999,17 +2980,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:126 msgid "" -"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The " -":guilabel:`Create public mailbox` button allows creating a new public " -"mailbox and defining one or more owning groups and users. Public " -"mailboxes can also be created by any IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL " -"protocol extension (RFC 4314)." +"Public mailboxes can be shared among groups of users. The :guilabel:`Create " +"public mailbox` button allows creating a new public mailbox and defining one " +"or more owning groups and users. Public mailboxes can also be created by any " +"IMAP client supporting IMAP ACL protocol extension (RFC 4314)." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:131 msgid "" -"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically " -"add a new address for all existing mail domains." +"When a new public mailbox is created, the mail server will automatically add " +"a new address for all existing mail domains." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:138 @@ -3018,11 +2998,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:140 msgid "" -"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, " -"described in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an " -"unlimited number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each " -"mail address is associated with one or more destinations. A destination " -"can be of the following types:" +"In addition to the users, groups and public mailboxes addresses, described " +"in the previous section, the system enables the creation of an unlimited " +"number of email addresses, from the ``Addresses`` page. Each mail address is " +"associated with one or more destinations. A destination can be of the " +"following types:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:146 @@ -3039,8 +3019,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:150 msgid "" -"A mail address can be bound to any mail domain or be specific to one mail" -" domain. For example:" +"A mail address can be bound to any mail domain or be specific to one mail " +"domain. For example:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:153 @@ -3066,8 +3046,8 @@ msgid "" "Sometimes a company forbids communications from outside the organization " "using personal email addresses. The ``Internal`` check box blocks the " "possibility of an address to receive messages from the outside. Still an " -"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts " -"of the system." +"*internal* address can be used to exchange messages with other accounts of " +"the system." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:168 @@ -3088,37 +3068,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:180 msgid "" -"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected" -" messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated " -"periodically." +"The antivirus component finds email messages containing viruses. Infected " +"messages are discarded. The virus signature database is updated periodically." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:189 msgid "" -"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and " -"classifying `SPAM `_ messages " -"using heuristic criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations" -" of the content of messages." +"The antispam component RSPAMD analyzes emails by detecting and classifying " +"`SPAM `_ messages using heuristic " +"criteria, predetermined rules and statistical evaluations of the content of " +"messages." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:194 msgid "" "The filter can also check if the sending server is listed in one or more " -"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score " -"is associated with each rule." +"block lists (`DNSBL `_). A score is " +"associated with each rule." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:197 msgid "" -"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server " -"to decide what to do with a message." +"Total spam score collected at the end of the analysis allows the server to " +"decide what to do with a message." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:200 msgid "" -"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve" -" and quickly adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." +"Statistical filters, called `Bayesian `_, are special rules that evolve and quickly " +"adapt analyzing messages marked as **spam** or **ham**." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:207 @@ -3127,8 +3106,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:209 msgid "" -"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by " -"the following sections." +"Module settings are split up and accessible under the cards described by the " +"following sections." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:215 @@ -3137,29 +3116,31 @@ msgstr "Impostazioni generali" #: ../../mail.rst:217 msgid "" -"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They " -"should not be changed in production:" +"The following values are set at module first configuration time. They should " +"not be changed in production:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:220 msgid "" -"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with " -"other MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to" -" configure the following DNS records:" +"``Mail server hostname`` configures how the MTA identifies itself with other " +"MTAs. To successfully receive email messages, use this host name to " +"configure the following DNS records:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:224 msgid "" -"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static " -"IP address of the server" +"`A` record, resolving the Mail server hostname to the public and static IP " +"address of the server" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:226 -msgid "`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" +msgid "" +"`PTR` record, resolving back the IP address to the Mail server hostaname" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:228 -msgid "`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" +msgid "" +"`MX` records, one for each mail domain handled by the Mail module instance" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:230 @@ -3168,51 +3149,50 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:232 msgid "" -"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. " -"If the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is " -"still accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the" -" new database." +"``User domain`` selects a LDAP database with user, groups and passwords. If " +"the DB is changed existing mailboxes are not removed! A mailbox is still " +"accessible if the same user name is present in both the old and the new " +"database." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:242 -msgid "Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." +msgid "" +"Under the ``Mailboxes`` card you can configure the ``Default mail quota``." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:244 msgid "" -"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page " -"summarizes the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a " -"user logs in or a message is delivered." +"If the general mailbox quota is enabled, the ``Mailboxes`` page summarizes " +"the quota usage for each user. This summary is updated when a user logs in " +"or a message is delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:248 msgid "" -"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the " -"IMAP *seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the " -"*seen* flag is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a " -"shared mailbox, each user can access the same message." +"Under the ``Shared mailboxes`` section, ``Shared seen`` selects if the IMAP " +"*seen* flag is shared or not with other users. In general, the *seen* flag " +"is used to mark if a message has been read or not. In a shared mailbox, each " +"user can access the same message." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:253 msgid "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has " -"already been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` " -"(default)." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox prefer to know if a mail has already " +"been read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``enabled`` (default)." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:257 msgid "" -"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has" -" been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." +"If users accessing the shared mailbox are not interested if a message has " +"been already read by someone else, set ``Shared seen`` to ``disabled``." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:261 msgid "" -"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be " -"automatically moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option " -"``Move spam to junk folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically" -" after a period of time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam " -"retention`` option." +"Messages marked as **spam** (see :ref:`email_filter`) can be automatically " +"moved into the ``Junk`` folder by enabling the option ``Move spam to junk " +"folder``. Spam messages can be expunged automatically after a period of " +"time. You can configure it from the ``Default spam retention`` option." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:270 @@ -3221,9 +3201,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:272 msgid "" -"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can " -"impersonate another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and" -" folder permissions." +"Under the ``Master users`` card, you can setup a user that can impersonate " +"another user, gaining full rights to any mailbox contents and folder " +"permissions." msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:275 @@ -3240,8 +3220,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:280 msgid "" -"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use " -"the following credentials:" +"For instance, to access as ``john`` with root password ``secr3t``, use the " +"following credentials:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:283 @@ -3294,8 +3274,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:306 msgid "" -"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software " -"that still does not support STARTTLS:" +"Also the following SSL-enabled ports are available for legacy software that " +"still does not support STARTTLS:" msgstr "" #: ../../mail.rst:309 @@ -3335,21 +3315,20 @@ msgstr "MariaDB" #: ../../mariadb.rst:5 msgid "" "This module installs `MariaDB `_, a popular open " -"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin " -"`_ a tool to manage the database from a web " -"interface." +"source relational database, and `phpMyAdmin `_ " +"a tool to manage the database from a web interface." msgstr "" #: ../../mariadb.rst:8 msgid "" -"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MariaDB instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../mariadb.rst:15 msgid "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the path for " -"phpMyAdmin, eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" +"access the application configuration page and enter the path for phpMyAdmin, " +"eg. ``/phpmyadmin``" msgstr "" #: ../../mariadb.rst:16 ../../webserver.rst:20 @@ -3358,14 +3337,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mariadb.rst:19 ../../webserver.rst:23 msgid "" -"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public" -" TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." +"At the end of the configuration the web interface will display the public " +"TCP port to access the MariaDB instance." msgstr "" #: ../../mariadb.rst:22 msgid "" -"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the " -"``https:///``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" +"The phpMyAdmin instance will be available at the ``https:///" +"``. Default credentials for phpMyAdmin are:" msgstr "" #: ../../mariadb.rst:25 ../../webserver.rst:29 @@ -3386,33 +3365,33 @@ msgstr "Mattermost" #: ../../mattermost.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition " -"`_ platform." +"The Mattemost module installs `Mattermost Team Edition `_ platform." msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:7 msgid "" "Mattermost is an Open Source, private cloud :index:`Slack`-alternative. " -"Check out the `official documentation `_ " -"for further details." +"Check out the `official documentation `_ for " +"further details." msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Mattermost instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:15 msgid "" -"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``chat.nethserver.org``." +"Mattermost needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``chat.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:22 ../../roundcube.rst:28 msgid "" -"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-" -"signed certificates**!" +"Please note that the mobile app **cannot connect to servers with self-signed " +"certificates**!" msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:26 @@ -3423,9 +3402,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:29 msgid "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: " -"``https://chat.nethserver.org``. At first access, a wizard will create " -"the administrator user" +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://chat.nethserver." +"org``. At first access, a wizard will create the administrator user" msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:32 @@ -3436,8 +3414,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mattermost.rst:37 msgid "" -"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin" -" user, then send team invitation link to each user." +"The administrator should always use Mattermost wizard to create the admin " +"user, then send team invitation link to each user." msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:5 @@ -3446,8 +3424,8 @@ msgstr "Migrazione da NethServer 7" #: ../../migration.rst:9 msgid "" -"Migration is the process to convert a NethServer 7 machine (*source*) " -"into a NethServer 8 (*destination*)." +"Migration is the process to convert a NethServer 7 machine (*source*) into a " +"NethServer 8 (*destination*)." msgstr "" "La migrazione è il processo di conversione di una macchina NethServer 7 " "(*source*) in una NethServer 8 (*destination*)." @@ -3465,8 +3443,8 @@ msgid "" "a new server containing a :ref:`freshly installed NethServer 8 cluster " "`" msgstr "" -"un nuovo server contenente una:ref:`freshly installed NethServer 8 " -"cluster `" +"un nuovo server contenente una:ref:`freshly installed NethServer 8 cluster " +"`" #: ../../migration.rst:16 msgid "Also make sure that" @@ -3477,27 +3455,26 @@ msgid "" "if the source is connected to an external account provider, such account " "provider is reachable also from the destination" msgstr "" -"se la macchina sorgente è collegata a un account provider esterno, questo" -" account provider deve essere raggiungibile anche dalla macchina " -"destinazione" +"se la macchina sorgente è collegata a un account provider esterno, questo " +"account provider deve essere raggiungibile anche dalla macchina destinazione" #: ../../migration.rst:20 msgid "" -"you have access to your authoritative DNS server: you will need to change" -" some DNS records after the migration of each application" +"you have access to your authoritative DNS server: you will need to change " +"some DNS records after the migration of each application" msgstr "" -"di aver accesso al server DNS autorevole: dovrete cambiare alcuni record " -"DNS dopo la migrazione di ogni applicazione" +"di aver accesso al server DNS autorevole: dovrete cambiare alcuni record DNS " +"dopo la migrazione di ogni applicazione" #: ../../migration.rst:23 msgid "" "if the source NethServer 7 system has the NethForge repository enabled, " -"enable it under NS8 Repository Settings accordingly. This step is " -"required to migrate SOGo." +"enable it under NS8 Repository Settings accordingly. This step is required " +"to migrate SOGo." msgstr "" -"se il sistema NethServer 7 sorgente ha abilitato il repository NethForge," -" abilitarlo di conseguenza anche nel Repository Settings di NS8. Questo " -"passo è necessario per migrare SOGo." +"se il sistema NethServer 7 sorgente ha abilitato il repository NethForge, " +"abilitarlo di conseguenza anche nel Repository Settings di NS8. Questo passo " +"è necessario per migrare SOGo." #: ../../migration.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3509,22 +3486,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:29 msgid "" -"First, you are going to install the migration tool on the source machine." -" Access Cockpit on the source server and install \"Migration to NS8\" " -"from the Software Center." +"First, you are going to install the migration tool on the source machine. " +"Access Cockpit on the source server and install \"Migration to NS8\" from " +"the Software Center." msgstr "" -"In primo luogo, occorre installare lo strumento di migrazione sulla " -"macchina sorgente. Accedere a Cockpit sul server sorgente e installare " -"\"Migration to NS8\" dal Software Center." +"In primo luogo, occorre installare lo strumento di migrazione sulla macchina " +"sorgente. Accedere a Cockpit sul server sorgente e installare \"Migration to " +"NS8\" dal Software Center." #: ../../migration.rst:32 msgid "You can now open the just installed ``NS8 migration`` application." -msgstr "Ora è possibile aprire l'applicazione ``NS8 migration`` appena installata." +msgstr "" +"Ora è possibile aprire l'applicazione ``NS8 migration`` appena installata." #: ../../migration.rst:34 msgid "" -"Now, connect the NethServer 7 server to an existing new NethServer 8 " -"cluster by entering the following fields:" +"Now, connect the NethServer 7 server to an existing new NethServer 8 cluster " +"by entering the following fields:" msgstr "" "Ora, collegare il server NethServer 7 a un nuovo cluster esistente " "NethServer 8 inserendo i seguenti campi:" @@ -3539,22 +3517,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../migration.rst:37 msgid "" -"``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin password``: administrator " -"credentials for the leader node." +"``NS8 admin username`` and ``NS8 admin password``: administrator credentials " +"for the leader node." msgstr "" "``NS8 admin username`` e ``NS8 admin password``: credenziali di " "amministrazione per il nodo leader." #: ../../migration.rst:39 msgid "" -"As best practice, you can create a dedicated user from the :ref" -":`administrators-section` page and delete the user once the migration has" -" been completed. Please note that the user must have 2FA disabled." +"As best practice, you can create a dedicated user from the :ref:" +"`administrators-section` page and delete the user once the migration has " +"been completed. Please note that the user must have 2FA disabled." msgstr "" -"Come consiglio pratica, è possibile creare un utente dedicato dalla " -"pagina: `administrators-section` ed eliminare l'utente una volta che la " -"migrazione è stata completata. Si prega di notare che l'utente deve avere" -" la 2FA disabilitata." +"Come consiglio pratica, è possibile creare un utente dedicato dalla pagina: " +"`administrators-section` ed eliminare l'utente una volta che la migrazione è " +"stata completata. Si prega di notare che l'utente deve avere la 2FA " +"disabilitata." #: ../../migration.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3570,47 +3548,46 @@ msgstr "Quindi, fare clic sul pulsante: `Connect` ." #: ../../migration.rst:46 msgid "" -"The web interface will display the list of all applications installed " -"inside NethServer 7. Choose an application and click on the " -":guilabel:`Start migration` button. In this phase the migration process " -"will install the application into the NethServer 8 cluster and start the " -"first data synchronization. If the NethServer 8 cluster is composed by 2 " -"or more nodes, you will be asked to select a destination node." -msgstr "" -"L'interfaccia web visualizzerà l'elenco di tutte le applicazioni " -"installate all'interno di NethServer 7. Scegliere un'applicazione e " -"cliccare sul pulsante:guilabel: `Start migration`. In questa fase il " -"processo di migrazione installerà l'applicazione nel cluster NethServer 8" -" e inizierà la prima sincronizzazione dei dati. Se il cluster NethServer " -"8 è composto da 2 o più nodi, verrà chiesto di selezionare un nodo di " -"destinazione." +"The web interface will display the list of all applications installed inside " +"NethServer 7. Choose an application and click on the :guilabel:`Start " +"migration` button. In this phase the migration process will install the " +"application into the NethServer 8 cluster and start the first data " +"synchronization. If the NethServer 8 cluster is composed by 2 or more nodes, " +"you will be asked to select a destination node." +msgstr "" +"L'interfaccia web visualizzerà l'elenco di tutte le applicazioni installate " +"all'interno di NethServer 7. Scegliere un'applicazione e cliccare sul " +"pulsante:guilabel: `Start migration`. In questa fase il processo di " +"migrazione installerà l'applicazione nel cluster NethServer 8 e inizierà la " +"prima sincronizzazione dei dati. Se il cluster NethServer 8 è composto da 2 " +"o più nodi, verrà chiesto di selezionare un nodo di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:53 msgid "" -"You can now click the :guilabel:`Sync data` button multiple time to keep " -"in sync the application data between NethServer 7 and NethServer 8." +"You can now click the :guilabel:`Sync data` button multiple time to keep in " +"sync the application data between NethServer 7 and NethServer 8." msgstr "" -"Ora è possibile fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel: `Sync data` più volte " -"per mantenere in sincronizzazione i dati dell'applicazione tra NethServer" -" 7 e NethServer 8." +"Ora è possibile fare clic sul pulsante :guilabel: `Sync data` più volte per " +"mantenere in sincronizzazione i dati dell'applicazione tra NethServer 7 e " +"NethServer 8." #: ../../migration.rst:56 msgid "" "When you're ready for the final migration, click the :guilabel:`Finish " -"migration` button. If the migrated application requires extra parameters," -" the system will display a dialog box before proceeding. Please note that" -" most web application will need a dedicated FQDN (virtual host) after the" -" migration. Make sure the DNS record points to the NS8 node. You can " -"still configure :ref:`custom HTTP routes ` for " -"the migrated applications." +"migration` button. If the migrated application requires extra parameters, " +"the system will display a dialog box before proceeding. Please note that " +"most web application will need a dedicated FQDN (virtual host) after the " +"migration. Make sure the DNS record points to the NS8 node. You can still " +"configure :ref:`custom HTTP routes ` for the " +"migrated applications." msgstr "" "Quando pronto per la migrazione finale, fai clic sul pulsante: `Finish " "migration`. Se l'applicazione migrata richiede parametri aggiuntivi, il " -"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega" -" di notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un" -" FQDN (virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il " -"record DNS punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom" -" HTTP routes ` per le applicazioni migrate." +"sistema visualizzerà una finestra di dialogo prima di procedere. Si prega di " +"notare che la maggior parte delle applicazioni web avrà bisogno di un FQDN " +"(virtual host) dedicato dopo la migrazione. Assicurarsi che il record DNS " +"punti al nodo NS8. È anche possibile configurare :ref: `custom HTTP routes " +"` per le applicazioni migrate." #: ../../migration.rst:63 msgid "At the end of the application migration, the system will:" @@ -3626,13 +3603,13 @@ msgstr "disabilita l'applicazione in NethServer 7" #: ../../migration.rst:68 msgid "" -"If the migrated application was connected to a local account provider, " -"the application will still be able to access the provider running on " -"NethServer 7 using the cluster VPN." +"If the migrated application was connected to a local account provider, the " +"application will still be able to access the provider running on NethServer " +"7 using the cluster VPN." msgstr "" -"Se l'applicazione migrata è stata collegata a un account provider locale," -" l'applicazione sarà ancora in grado di accedere al provider in " -"esecuzione su NethServer 7 utilizzando la VPN del cluster." +"Se l'applicazione migrata è stata collegata a un account provider locale, " +"l'applicazione sarà ancora in grado di accedere al provider in esecuzione su " +"NethServer 7 utilizzando la VPN del cluster." #: ../../migration.rst:73 msgid "Logs" @@ -3640,19 +3617,18 @@ msgstr "Log" #: ../../migration.rst:75 msgid "" -"The migration tool UI has a ``Logs`` page for reading " -"``/var/log/ns8-migration.log`` contents. The migration procedure of each " -"application sends a trace of its activity to that file." +"The migration tool UI has a ``Logs`` page for reading ``/var/log/ns8-" +"migration.log`` contents. The migration procedure of each application sends " +"a trace of its activity to that file." msgstr "" -"La UI dello strumento di migrazione ha una pagina ``Logs`` per la lettura" -" del log ``/var/log/ns8-migration.log``. La procedura di migrazione di " -"ogni applicazione invia una traccia della sua attività a quel file." +"La UI dello strumento di migrazione ha una pagina ``Logs`` per la lettura " +"del log ``/var/log/ns8-migration.log``. La procedura di migrazione di ogni " +"applicazione invia una traccia della sua attività a quel file." #: ../../migration.rst:77 msgid "" -"Furthermore, when joining/leaving the NS8 cluster and when NS7 services " -"are modified, some information can be recorded by ``/var/log/messages`` " -"as usual." +"Furthermore, when joining/leaving the NS8 cluster and when NS7 services are " +"modified, some information can be recorded by ``/var/log/messages`` as usual." msgstr "" "Inoltre, quando ci si unisce o si abbandona il cluster NS8 e quando i " "servizi NS7 vengono modificati, alcune informazioni possono essere " @@ -3683,48 +3659,44 @@ msgstr "Samba DC" #: ../../migration.rst:91 msgid "" "Complete the DC migration by clicking the :guilabel:`Finish migration` " -"button. The procedure asks to select an IP address: it will become the IP" -" of the destination DC." +"button. The procedure asks to select an IP address: it will become the IP of " +"the destination DC." msgstr "" -"Completa la migrazione DC facendo clic sul pulsante: `Finish migrazione` " -". La procedura chiede di selezionare un indirizzo IP: diventerà l'IP " -"della destinazione DC." +"Completa la migrazione DC facendo clic sul pulsante: `Finish migrazione` . " +"La procedura chiede di selezionare un indirizzo IP: diventerà l'IP della " +"destinazione DC." #: ../../migration.rst:97 msgid "Windows clients might not know how to reach the destination DC" msgstr "" -"I client di Windows potrebbero non sapere come raggiungere la " -"destinazione DC" +"I client di Windows potrebbero non sapere come raggiungere la destinazione DC" #: ../../migration.rst:99 msgid "" -"If DNS configuration of Windows clients is controlled by a DHCP server, " -"set the destination DC IP address as the new DNS server." +"If DNS configuration of Windows clients is controlled by a DHCP server, set " +"the destination DC IP address as the new DNS server." msgstr "" -"Se la configurazione DNS dei client Windows è controllata da un server " -"DHCP, impostare l'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione come nuovo server " -"DNS." +"Se la configurazione DNS dei client Windows è controllata da un server DHCP, " +"impostare l'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione come nuovo server DNS." #: ../../migration.rst:102 msgid "" -"If Windows clients use an external DNS, it must be configured to forward " -"the requests for the Active Directory DNS zone to the destination DC IP " -"address." +"If Windows clients use an external DNS, it must be configured to forward the " +"requests for the Active Directory DNS zone to the destination DC IP address." msgstr "" -"Se i client Windows utilizzano un DNS esterno, deve essere configurato " -"per inoltrare le richieste della zona DNS di Active Directory " -"all'indirizzo IP del DC di destinazione." +"Se i client Windows utilizzano un DNS esterno, deve essere configurato per " +"inoltrare le richieste della zona DNS di Active Directory all'indirizzo IP " +"del DC di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:106 msgid "" -"If Windows clients have a manual DNS configuration and use the source DC " -"IP address as DNS and authentication server, consider to transfer the " -"source DC IP address to the destination DC." +"If Windows clients have a manual DNS configuration and use the source DC IP " +"address as DNS and authentication server, consider to transfer the source DC " +"IP address to the destination DC." msgstr "" "Se i client Windows hanno una configurazione DNS manuale e utilizzano " "l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente come server DNS e di autenticazione, " -"considerare di trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC " -"destinazione." +"considerare di trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -3732,92 +3704,109 @@ msgid "" "settings for each Windows client. This is generally preferable over an " "external DNS server, if it blocks dynamic DNS update requests (DDNS)." msgstr "" -"Nell'ultimo caso, il trasferimento dell'IP evita la riconfigurazione " -"delle impostazioni DNS per ogni client Windows. Questo è generalmente " -"preferibile su un server DNS esterno, se blocca le richieste di " -"aggiornamento DNS dinamiche (DDNS)." +"Nell'ultimo caso, il trasferimento dell'IP evita la riconfigurazione delle " +"impostazioni DNS per ogni client Windows. Questo è generalmente preferibile " +"su un server DNS esterno, se blocca le richieste di aggiornamento DNS " +"dinamiche (DDNS)." #: ../../migration.rst:114 msgid "" -"To transfer the source DC IP address to the destination DC some steps " -"must be done manually after the migration has completed." +"To transfer the source DC IP address to the destination DC some steps must " +"be done manually after the migration has completed." msgstr "" "Per trasferire l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente al DC destinazione, alcuni " -"passaggi devono essere effettuati manualmente dopo il completamento della" -" migrazione." +"passaggi devono essere effettuati manualmente dopo il completamento della " +"migrazione." #: ../../migration.rst:117 msgid "" "Check the migration of accounts was successful. Users and groups must be " "listed correctly under ``Domains and users`` page." msgstr "" -"Controllare che la migrazione degli account abbia avuto successo. Gli " -"utenti e i gruppi devono essere elencati correttamente nella pagina " -"``Domains and users``." +"Controllare che la migrazione degli account abbia avuto successo. Gli utenti " +"e i gruppi devono essere elencati correttamente nella pagina ``Domains and " +"users``." #: ../../migration.rst:120 msgid "" "At the end of the migration the source DC IP address is free and can be " "assigned to the destination node. Refer to the node operating system " -"documentation to assign a secondary (alias) IP address to the destination" -" node." +"documentation to assign a secondary (alias) IP address to the destination " +"node." msgstr "" -"Al termine della migrazione l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente è libero e può" -" essere assegnato al nodo di destinazione. Fare riferimento alla " -"documentazione del sistema operativo del nodo per assegnare un indirizzo " -"IP secondario (alias) al nodo di destinazione." +"Al termine della migrazione l'indirizzo IP del DC sorgente è libero e può " +"essere assegnato al nodo di destinazione. Fare riferimento alla " +"documentazione del sistema operativo del nodo per assegnare un indirizzo IP " +"secondario (alias) al nodo di destinazione." #: ../../migration.rst:124 msgid "" -"Change the IP address of the DC. For example, if DC instance is " -"``samba1`` and the new IP is ``192.168.1.123``, run the following " -"command: ::" +"Change the IP address of the DC. For example, if DC instance is ``samba1`` " +"and the new IP is ``192.168.1.123``, run the following command: ::" msgstr "" -"Modificare l'indirizzo IP della DC. Ad esempio, se l'istanza DC è " -"``samba1`` e il nuovo IP è ``192.168.1.123`, eseguire il seguente " -"comando::" +"Modificare l'indirizzo IP della DC. Ad esempio, se l'istanza DC è ``samba1`` " +"e il nuovo IP è ``192.168.1.123`, eseguire il seguente comando::" #: ../../migration.rst:130 msgid "" "The NS8 Samba DC can be configured as external account provider for NS7. " "Bear in mind that NS7 must be able to access the :ref:`IP address " "` the Samba account provider is bound to. This " -"configuration could be useful if you have modules still running on NS7 " -"that require access to the account provider." +"configuration could be useful if you have modules still running on NS7 that " +"require access to the account provider." msgstr "" +"Il Samba DC di NS8 può essere configurato come account provider esterno per " +"NS7. Tenere presente che NS7 deve essere in grado di accedere all':ref:`IP " +"address ` legato all'account provider Samba cui è " +"destinato. Questa configurazione potrebbe essere utile se si dispone ancora " +"di moduli in esecuzione su NS7 che richiedono l'accesso all'account provider." #: ../../migration.rst:135 msgid "" "Password expiration settings are preserved during the migration. The " "password strength policy, if enabled, is converted for compliancy with " -"Windows 2003+ server complexity requirements [#WINP]_ and is enforced for" -" future password changes. See also :ref:`password-policy-section`." +"Windows 2003+ server complexity requirements [#WINP]_ and is enforced for " +"future password changes. See also :ref:`password-policy-section`." msgstr "" +"Le impostazioni di scadenza della password sono conservate durante la " +"migrazione. La politica di forza della password, se abilitata, viene " +"convertita per la compliancy con i requisiti di complessità del server " +"Windows 2003+ [#WINP]_ ed è applicata per le modifiche future della " +"password. Vedi anche: ref: `password-policy-sezione`." #: ../../migration.rst:140 msgid "" -"`Passwords must meet complexity requirements `_ from *learn.microsoft.com* website." +"`Passwords must meet complexity requirements `_ from *learn." +"microsoft.com* website." msgstr "" +"Le password devono soddisfare i requisiti di complessità `." msgstr "" @@ -3948,28 +3937,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:11 msgid "" -"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple MinIO instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:16 msgid "" -"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-" -"api.nethserver.org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." +"MinIO needs two dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``minio-api.nethserver." +"org`` and ``minio-ui.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:18 msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " -"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to" -" use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " +"corresponding name records inside your DNS server. If you are planning to " +"use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also sure to have " "corresponding public DNS records." msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:23 msgid "" -"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host" -" name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" +"access the application configuration page and enter the ``API server host " +"name``: this will be the FQDN used by hosts to connect to S3 services" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:25 @@ -3984,8 +3973,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:29 msgid "" -"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-" -"ui.nethserver.org``." +"open the entered host name inside the browser, eg: ``https://minio-ui." +"nethserver.org``." msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:32 @@ -4000,16 +3989,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:36 msgid "" -"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers," -" this setup allows you to retain control over your information and " -"prevent third-party access" +"data privacy: if you're cautious about sharing data with cloud providers, " +"this setup allows you to retain control over your information and prevent " +"third-party access" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:37 msgid "" -"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete " -"data control within your own environment. This improves security and " -"minimizes dependence on external services" +"local data ownership: by utilizing a local disk, you maintain complete data " +"control within your own environment. This improves security and minimizes " +"dependence on external services" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:41 @@ -4017,23 +4006,25 @@ msgid "Instructions" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:43 -msgid "As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" +msgid "" +"As system root user, follow these steps for a disk named ``scsi-disk1``:" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point " -"for the disk: ::" +"**Create a mount point:** make a directory to serve as the mount point for " +"the disk: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:50 msgid "" -"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted " -"during boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" +"**Automate mount at boot:** ensure the disk is automatically mounted during " +"boot by modifying ``/etc/fstab``: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:56 -msgid "**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" +msgid "" +"**Mount the disk:** physically attach the disk using the mount command: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:61 @@ -4044,50 +4035,48 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../minio.rst:66 msgid "" -"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage " -"path`` to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part " -"of the backup." +"Finally, within the module's user interface, configure the ``Storage path`` " +"to be `/mnt/data`. Please note that the above path won't be part of the " +"backup." msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:9 msgid "" -"A NS8 application is implemented by a unit called *module*. It is usually" -" composed of one or more Linux containers and a user interface for its " +"A NS8 application is implemented by a unit called *module*. It is usually " +"composed of one or more Linux containers and a user interface for its " "configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:13 msgid "" -"The terms *application* and *module* are almost synonims in the context " -"of NethServer 8, however there can be modules that actually do not " -"implement applications because they are just services for other modules, " -"so they do not provide any user configuration interface at all." +"The terms *application* and *module* are almost synonims in the context of " +"NethServer 8, however there can be modules that actually do not implement " +"applications because they are just services for other modules, so they do " +"not provide any user configuration interface at all." msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:18 msgid "" -"Every time a module instance is added to the cluster, the new instance is" -" named like the module itself followed by a progressive number starting " -"from 1. Given a module named ``myapp``, instances will be named " -"``myapp1``, ``myapp2`` and so on. It is possible to set a more meaningful" -" name for the instance from the :ref:`software_center-section` page." +"Every time a module instance is added to the cluster, the new instance is " +"named like the module itself followed by a progressive number starting from " +"1. Given a module named ``myapp``, instances will be named ``myapp1``, " +"``myapp2`` and so on. It is possible to set a more meaningful name for the " +"instance from the :ref:`software_center-section` page." msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:24 msgid "" "Some applications or modules require specific resources that cannot be " -"shared among instances installed on the same cluster node. As an example," -" the Mail application needs to reserve SMTP and IMAP well-known TCP " -"ports. You can install only one instance per node of this kind of " -"applications." +"shared among instances installed on the same cluster node. As an example, " +"the Mail application needs to reserve SMTP and IMAP well-known TCP ports. " +"You can install only one instance per node of this kind of applications." msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:29 msgid "" "On the contrary, applications that do not require exclusive access to " -"resources can be installed multiple times on the same node. As an " -"example, you can install multiple Nextcloud applications on a single " -"node." +"resources can be installed multiple times on the same node. As an example, " +"you can install multiple Nextcloud applications on a single node." msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:36 @@ -4103,12 +4092,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:41 msgid "" -"The cluster node where the destination instance runs can be the same as " -"the source instance. Generally, there should be no limitation on running " -"multiple application instances on the same node. In some cases, the " -"services provided by the instance might require exclusive access to a " -"particular system resource, such as binding a fixed TCP port number. In " -"this case cloning becomes impossible." +"The cluster node where the destination instance runs can be the same as the " +"source instance. Generally, there should be no limitation on running " +"multiple application instances on the same node. In some cases, the services " +"provided by the instance might require exclusive access to a particular " +"system resource, such as binding a fixed TCP port number. In this case " +"cloning becomes impossible." msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:48 @@ -4121,8 +4110,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:51 msgid "" -"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the " -"source is still up and running" +"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the source " +"is still up and running" msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:53 ../../modules.rst:64 @@ -4149,8 +4138,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:63 msgid "" -"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the " -"source is still up&running" +"starts the data transfer between the instances, during this phase the source " +"is still up&running" msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:66 @@ -4165,8 +4154,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../modules.rst:71 msgid "" -"To start moving/cloning an application instance see the :ref" -":`software_center-section` page." +"To start moving/cloning an application instance see the :ref:" +"`software_center-section` page." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:5 @@ -4180,23 +4169,22 @@ msgstr "Il modulo NethVoice è diviso in sette parti principali:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:9 msgid "" "`FreePBX `_: a web-based open-source graphical " -"user interface (GUI) that manages `Asterisk `_," -" a voice over IP and telephony server" +"user interface (GUI) that manages `Asterisk `_, a " +"voice over IP and telephony server" msgstr "" -"«FreePBX `_: un'interfaccia utente grafica open" -" source (GUI) che gestisce `Asterisk `_, una " -"voce su server IP e telefonia" +"«FreePBX `_: un'interfaccia utente grafica open " +"source (GUI) che gestisce `Asterisk `_, una voce " +"su server IP e telefonia" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:10 msgid "" "`NethVoice CTI Server `_: a " -"daemon that provides a set of api to perform common switchboard " -"operations and a websocket streaming channel to listen for the events" +"daemon that provides a set of api to perform common switchboard operations " +"and a websocket streaming channel to listen for the events" msgstr "" "«NethVoice CTI Server `_: un " -"demone che fornisce una serie di api per eseguire operazioni di " -"commutatore comuni e un canale di streaming websocket per ascoltare gli " -"eventi" +"demone che fornisce una serie di api per eseguire operazioni di commutatore " +"comuni e un canale di streaming websocket per ascoltare gli eventi" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4222,8 +4210,7 @@ msgstr "«Janus `_: un server WebRTC" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:14 msgid "" -"`MariaDB `_: a popular open source relational " -"database" +"`MariaDB `_: a popular open source relational database" msgstr "" "«MariaDB `_: un popolare database relazionale open " "source" @@ -4233,14 +4220,15 @@ msgid "" "`Tancredi `_: a phone provisioning " "engine ideal for internet deployments" msgstr "" -"«Tancredi `_: un motore di " -"provisioning del telefono ideale per le implementazioni di Internet" +"«Tancredi `_: un motore di provisioning " +"del telefono ideale per le implementazioni di Internet" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:17 msgid "" "NethVoice is a full-feature integrate voice, video, mobile communication " "systems." -msgstr "NethVoice è un sistema completo di comunicazione vocale, video e mobile." +msgstr "" +"NethVoice è un sistema completo di comunicazione vocale, video e mobile." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:19 #, fuzzy @@ -4254,8 +4242,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:25 msgid "" -"The NethVoice module requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` already configured and running." +"The NethVoice module requires at least one :ref:`user domain ` already configured and running." msgstr "" "Il modulo NethVoice richiede almeno uno :ref:`user domain ` già configurato e in esecuzione." @@ -4263,53 +4251,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:27 msgid "" "NethVoice needs two dedicated virtual hosts, one for the NethVoice " -"administration page and one for the NethVoice CTI web application, two " -"FQDN like ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` and ``cti.nethserver.org``." +"administration page and one for the NethVoice CTI web application, two FQDN " +"like ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` and ``cti.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" "NethVoice ha bisogno di due host virtuali dedicati, uno per la pagina di " -"amministrazione NethVoice e uno per l'applicazione web NethVoice CTI, due" -" FQDN come ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` e ``cti.nethserver.org``." +"amministrazione NethVoice e uno per l'applicazione web NethVoice CTI, due " +"FQDN come ``nethvoice.nethserver.org`` e ``cti.nethserver.org``." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:29 msgid "" "Before proceeding with the configuration, make sure to create the " "corresponding name records inside your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare i record " -"di nome corrispondenti all'interno del server DNS." +"Prima di procedere con la configurazione, assicurarsi di creare i record di " +"nome corrispondenti all'interno del server DNS." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make " -"also sure to have the corresponding public DNS records." +"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also " +"sure to have the corresponding public DNS records." msgstr "" "Se si sta progettando di utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come " -"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere i record DNS pubblici " -"corrispondenti." +"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere i record DNS pubblici corrispondenti." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:35 msgid "" "``NethVoice base host``: insert a valid FQDN to access the application " "administration page" msgstr "" -"``NethVoice host base``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere alla pagina" -" di amministrazione dell'applicazione" +"``NethVoice host base``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere alla pagina di " +"amministrazione dell'applicazione" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:36 msgid "" -"``NethVoice CTI base host``: insert a valid FQDN to access the NethVoice " -"CTI web application" +"``NethVoice CTI base host``: insert a valid FQDN to access the NethVoice CTI " +"web application" msgstr "" "``NethVoice CTI base host``: inserire un FQDN valido per accedere " "all'applicazione web NethVoice CTI" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:37 msgid "" -"``User Domain``: choose one of the :ref:`user domain ` already configured." +"``User Domain``: choose one of the :ref:`user domain ` " +"already configured." msgstr "" -"``User Domain``: scegliere uno dei seguenti :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." +"``User Domain``: scegliere uno dei seguenti :ref:`user domain ` già configurato." #: ../../nethvoice.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4329,22 +4316,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:40 msgid "" -"``Reset NethVoice admin password to access user interface``: insert a " -"valid password for the NethVoice administrator user (optional, default " -"password is *Nethesis,1234*)" -msgstr "" -"``Reset password di amministratore di NethVoice per accedere " -"all'interfaccia utente``: inserire una password valida per l'utente " -"amministratore di NethVoice (opzionale, password predefinita è " +"``Reset NethVoice admin password to access user interface``: insert a valid " +"password for the NethVoice administrator user (optional, default password is " "*Nethesis,1234*)" +msgstr "" +"``Reset password di amministratore di NethVoice per accedere all'interfaccia " +"utente``: inserire una password valida per l'utente amministratore di " +"NethVoice (opzionale, password predefinita è *Nethesis,1234*)" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:42 msgid "" -"After saving the configuration parameters NethVoice will be accessible on" -" his base host with the administration credentials:" +"After saving the configuration parameters NethVoice will be accessible on " +"his base host with the administration credentials:" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver salvato i parametri di configurazione NethVoice sarà " -"accessibile sul suo host base con le credenziali di amministrazione:" +"Dopo aver salvato i parametri di configurazione NethVoice sarà accessibile " +"sul suo host base con le credenziali di amministrazione:" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:44 msgid "User: `admin`" @@ -4352,11 +4338,11 @@ msgstr "Utente: `admin`" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:45 msgid "" -"Password: `Nethesis,1234`, default password if not has been reset during " -"the first configuration wizard" +"Password: `Nethesis,1234`, default password if not has been reset during the " +"first configuration wizard" msgstr "" -"Password: `Nethesis, 1234`, password predefinita se non è stato " -"ripristinato durante la prima procedura guidata di configurazione" +"Password: `Nethesis, 1234`, password predefinita se non è stato ripristinato " +"durante la prima procedura guidata di configurazione" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:48 msgid "First configuration wizard" @@ -4364,8 +4350,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:50 msgid "" -"The initial configuration wizard facilitates the easy installation and " -"setup of all NethVoice components." +"The initial configuration wizard facilitates the easy installation and setup " +"of all NethVoice components." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:53 @@ -4380,9 +4366,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:57 msgid "" -"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by " -"accessing the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the " -"Portal `." +"You can manage users (create, update, reset passwords, delete) by accessing " +"the dedicated section through the button :ref:`Link to the Portal `." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:59 @@ -4391,8 +4377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:61 msgid "" -"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text " -"field." +"Input the extension number (recommended starting from 200) in the text field." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:62 @@ -4411,15 +4396,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:68 msgid "" -"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical " -"lines or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines " -"provided by the provider." +"In the trunks section, you can configure gateways to manage physical lines " +"or create VoIP trunks by specifying the credentials of SIP lines provided by " +"the provider." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:70 msgid "" -"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the " -"PJSIP library." +"Trunks, used to connect gateways or VoIP lines, are created using the PJSIP " +"library." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:75 @@ -4428,8 +4413,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:77 msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported." -" You need to enter:" +"This section allows you to configure a SIP gateway among those supported. " +"You need to enter:" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:80 @@ -4474,8 +4459,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:92 msgid "" -"``FXS`` (Specify for each port, the extension to be assigned by choosing " -"a user previously configured)" +"``FXS`` (Specify for each port, the extension to be assigned by choosing a " +"user previously configured)" msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:93 @@ -4494,8 +4479,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:100 msgid "" -"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers " -"and entering the necessary information." +"You can create VoIP trunks by selecting one of the supported providers and " +"entering the necessary information." msgstr "" #: ../../nethvoice.rst:102 @@ -4820,28 +4805,27 @@ msgstr "Il modulo NethVoice Proxy è diviso in due parti principali:" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:9 msgid "" -"`Kamalio `_: `SIP " -"`_ proxy " -"server for managing SIP connections" +"`Kamalio `_: `SIP `_ proxy server for managing SIP connections" msgstr "" -"`Kamalio `_: `SIP " -"`_ server " -"proxy per la gestione delle connessioni SIP" +"`Kamalio `_: `SIP `_ server proxy per la gestione delle " +"connessioni SIP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:10 msgid "" -"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP " -"`_ proxy for " -"managing RTP connections" +"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP `_ proxy for managing RTP " +"connections" msgstr "" -"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP " -"`_ proxy per " -"la gestione delle connessioni RTP" +"`RTP Engine `_: `RTP `_ proxy per la gestione " +"delle connessioni RTP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:12 msgid "" -"NethVoice Proxy allows you to manage all incoming and outgoing SIP and " -"RTP connections." +"NethVoice Proxy allows you to manage all incoming and outgoing SIP and RTP " +"connections." msgstr "" "NethVoice Proxy consente di gestire tutte le connessioni SIP e RTP in " "entrata e in uscita." @@ -4851,44 +4835,43 @@ msgid "" "The proxy will be used by :ref:`NethVoice ` instances " "that must be installed after this proxy is up and running." msgstr "" -"Il proxy sarà utilizzato da :ref:`NethVoice ` istanze" -" che devono essere installate dopo che questo proxy è in funzione." +"Il proxy sarà utilizzato da :ref:`NethVoice ` istanze " +"che devono essere installate dopo che questo proxy è in funzione." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can install only one NethVoice Proxy per node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install only one NethVoice Proxy per node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare solo un NethVoice Proxy per nodo dal :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:21 msgid "" -"NethVoice Proxy needs a virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``proxy.nethserver.org``, this virtual host may be dedicated or shared " -"with the one used in a :ref:`NethVoice ` application." +"NethVoice Proxy needs a virtual host, an FQDN like ``proxy.nethserver.org``, " +"this virtual host may be dedicated or shared with the one used in a :ref:" +"`NethVoice ` application." msgstr "" -"NethVoice Proxy ha bisogno di un host virtuale, un FQDN come " -"``proxy.nethserver.org``, questo host virtuale può essere dedicato o " -"condiviso con quello utilizzato in un :ref:`NethVoice ` applicazione." +"NethVoice Proxy ha bisogno di un host virtuale, un FQDN come ``proxy." +"nethserver.org``, questo host virtuale può essere dedicato o condiviso con " +"quello utilizzato in un :ref:`NethVoice ` applicazione." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:25 msgid "" -"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make " -"also sure to have the corresponding public DNS record." +"If you are planning to use a Let's Encrypt certificate as default, make also " +"sure to have the corresponding public DNS record." msgstr "" "Se si sta progettando di utilizzare un certificato Let's Encrypt come " -"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere il corrispondente record pubblico" -" DNS." +"predefinito, assicurarsi anche di avere il corrispondente record pubblico " +"DNS." #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:29 msgid "" "access the application configuration page and enter a valid FQDN inside " "``Proxy Domain`` field" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un " -"FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Proxy Domain``" +"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un FQDN " +"valido all'interno del campo ``Proxy Domain``" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:30 msgid "insert the IPv4/IPv6 address that will receive VoIP traffic" @@ -4896,8 +4879,8 @@ msgstr "inserire l'indirizzo IPv4/IPv6 che riceverà il traffico VoIP" #: ../../nethvoice_proxy.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, you can install and configure one ore more :ref:`NethVoice " -"` instances." +"Now, you can install and configure one ore more :ref:`NethVoice ` instances." msgstr "" "Ora, è possibile installare e configurare una o più :ref:`NethVoice " " ` istanze." @@ -4908,11 +4891,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:7 msgid "" -"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your " -"files via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are." -" It also provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your " -"contacts, calendars and bookmarks across all your devices and enables " -"basic editing right on the web." +"`Nextcloud `_ provides universal access to your files " +"via the web, your computer or your mobile devices wherever you are. It also " +"provides a platform to easily view and synchronize your contacts, calendars " +"and bookmarks across all your devices and enables basic editing right on the " +"web." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:12 @@ -4933,14 +4916,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Nextcloud instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:23 msgid "" -"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``nextcloud.nethserver.org``." +"Nextcloud needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``nextcloud." +"nethserver.org``." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:28 @@ -4957,18 +4940,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:36 msgid "" -"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the" -" instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all " -"users from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. " -"The built-in ``admin`` user is always enabled." +"As default, Nextcloud has its own user database. You can also connect the " +"instance to an existing :ref:`user domain `: all users " +"from the domain will be able to login with their own credentials. The built-" +"in ``admin`` user is always enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to integrate with Collabora (CODE) online see :ref:`below " "`, The option will be available after " -"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less " -"then a minute." +"Nextcloud has been initialized on first start-up: it usually takes less then " +"a minute." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:45 @@ -4986,16 +4969,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "All users are listed inside the administrator panel of Nextcloud using a " -"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the " -"system ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as " -"reported in section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud " -"documentation `_." +"unique identifier containing letters and numbers. This is because the system " +"ensures that there are no duplicate internal user names as reported in " +"section `Internal Username` of `Official Nextcloud documentation `_." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:62 msgid "" -"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` instance." +"First, install and configure a :ref:`Collabora Online ` " +"instance." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:64 @@ -5004,16 +4987,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:66 msgid "" -"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of " -"the existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " +"You will find an option named ``CODE server host name``. Select one of the " +"existing Collabora instances or enter a domain of another Collabora " "installation." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:69 msgid "" -"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember" -" to disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does" -" not have a valid TLS certificate." +"The Collabora instance will be accessed using HTTPS protocol, so remember to " +"disable the ``Verify TLS certification`` option if the Collabora does not " +"have a valid TLS certificate." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:72 @@ -5028,25 +5011,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:78 msgid "" -"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention" -" policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" +"When it comes to account deletion in Nextcloud, a specific data retention " +"policy is employed based on the user's account origin:" msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "if the account originates from the LDAP account provider, its data isn't " -"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about " -"this policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup " -"`_." +"subject to automatic removal. You can find detailed information about this " +"policy in the documentation: `LDAP Cleanup `_." msgstr "" #: ../../nextcloud.rst:83 msgid "" -"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, " -"their associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon " -"deletion. Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users " -"`_." +"in the case of accounts stored within the internal Nextcloud database, their " +"associated data is immediately and automatically removed upon deletion. " +"Further insights can be accessed here: `Deleting Users `_." msgstr "" #: ../../os_network.rst:5 @@ -5055,41 +5038,39 @@ msgstr "Configurazione nodi della rete" #: ../../os_network.rst:7 msgid "" -"A workable network configuration could be already provided by an " -"automatic procedure, like ``cloud-init``. If you are running a cloud " -"VPS, do not change the node network settings, and **read the cloud " -"provider documentation** before changing the node host name." +"A workable network configuration could be already provided by an automatic " +"procedure, like ``cloud-init``. If you are running a cloud VPS, do not " +"change the node network settings, and **read the cloud provider " +"documentation** before changing the node host name." msgstr "" -"Una configurazione di rete funzionante potrebbe essere già fornita da una" -" procedura automatica, come ``cloud-init``. Se si esegue un VPS in cloud," -" non modificare le impostazioni di rete dei nodi, e **leggi la " -"documentazione del cloud provider** prima di cambiare il nome dell'host " -"del nodo." +"Una configurazione di rete funzionante potrebbe essere già fornita da una " +"procedura automatica, come ``cloud-init``. Se si esegue un VPS in cloud, non " +"modificare le impostazioni di rete dei nodi, e **leggi la documentazione del " +"cloud provider** prima di cambiare il nome dell'host del nodo." #: ../../os_network.rst:12 msgid "" -"Also the **OS installation procedure** can help to set up a working " -"network setup for your node. In this case refer to the OS documentation." +"Also the **OS installation procedure** can help to set up a working network " +"setup for your node. In this case refer to the OS documentation." msgstr "" -"Anche la **procedura di installazione del Sistema Operativo** può aiutare" -" a configurare una rete funzionante per il nodo. In questo caso fare " +"Anche la **procedura di installazione del Sistema Operativo** può aiutare a " +"configurare una rete funzionante per il nodo. In questo caso fare " "riferimento alla documentazione del sistema operativo." #: ../../os_network.rst:15 msgid "" -"In any other case, if the node cannot be reached from the network, enter " -"the system console and try to fix the network configuration with one of " -"the following methods." +"In any other case, if the node cannot be reached from the network, enter the " +"system console and try to fix the network configuration with one of the " +"following methods." msgstr "" -"In ogni altro caso, se il nodo non può essere raggiunto dalla rete, " -"entrare nella console di sistema e cercare di correggere la " -"configurazione di rete con uno dei seguenti metodi." +"In ogni altro caso, se il nodo non può essere raggiunto dalla rete, entrare " +"nella console di sistema e cercare di correggere la configurazione di rete " +"con uno dei seguenti metodi." #: ../../os_network.rst:19 msgid "The basic parameters to fix the node network configuration are:" msgstr "" -"I parametri di base per correggere la configurazione di rete del nodo " -"sono:" +"I parametri di base per correggere la configurazione di rete del nodo sono:" #: ../../os_network.rst:21 msgid "The public network interface name, for example ``eth0``" @@ -5108,19 +5089,18 @@ msgid "" "The network default gateway IP address. It is an IP address in the same " "network of your node, for instance ``192.168.12.1``" msgstr "" -"L'indirizzo IP del gateway predefinito di rete. Si tratta di un indirizzo" -" IP nella stessa rete del nodo, per esempio ``192.168.12.1``" +"L'indirizzo IP del gateway predefinito di rete. Si tratta di un indirizzo IP " +"nella stessa rete del nodo, per esempio ``192.168.12.1``" #: ../../os_network.rst:25 msgid "" "The DNS server address. It can be a public DNS service, like Google " -"``8.8.8.8`` or ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, or a private DNS " -"server. In small environments it could be the gateway host itself." +"``8.8.8.8`` or ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, or a private DNS server. " +"In small environments it could be the gateway host itself." msgstr "" -"L'indirizzo del server DNS. Può essere un servizio DNS pubblico, come " -"Google ``8.8.8.8`` o ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, o un server DNS" -" privato. In piccoli ambienti potrebbe essere lo stesso host che funge da" -" gateway." +"L'indirizzo del server DNS. Può essere un servizio DNS pubblico, come Google " +"``8.8.8.8`` o ``8.8.4.4``, Cloudflare ``1.1.1.1``, o un server DNS privato. " +"In piccoli ambienti potrebbe essere lo stesso host che funge da gateway." #: ../../os_network.rst:30 msgid "``nmtui``" @@ -5132,14 +5112,13 @@ msgid "" "available on EL distributions, like CentOS Stream, Alma and Rocky Linux." msgstr "" "La ``nmtui`` (Interfaccia utente testuale per il controllo di " -"NetworkManager) è disponibile sulle distribuzioni EL, come CentOS Stream," -" Alma e Rocky Linux." +"NetworkManager) è disponibile sulle distribuzioni EL, come CentOS Stream, " +"Alma e Rocky Linux." #: ../../os_network.rst:35 msgid "Launch the text interface to edit network connections with: ::" msgstr "" -"Avviare l'interfaccia di testo per modificare le connessioni di rete con:" -" ::" +"Avviare l'interfaccia di testo per modificare le connessioni di rete con: ::" #: ../../os_network.rst:39 msgid "This is a summary of keyboard functions:" @@ -5147,11 +5126,11 @@ msgstr "Questo è un riassunto delle funzioni della tastiera:" #: ../../os_network.rst:41 msgid "" -"Arrows and tab keys move between interface elements (like buttons and " -"form fields)" +"Arrows and tab keys move between interface elements (like buttons and form " +"fields)" msgstr "" -"Le frecce e il tasto tabulatore muovono tra gli elementi dell' " -"interfaccia (come pulsanti e campi del modulo)" +"Le frecce e il tasto tabulatore muovono tra gli elementi dell' interfaccia " +"(come pulsanti e campi del modulo)" #: ../../os_network.rst:43 msgid "``Enter``, button click" @@ -5177,34 +5156,34 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamenti del sistema operativo" msgid "" "NethServer 8 is installed on top of Linux distributions and strives to " "preserve default configurations as much as possible. The system " -"administrator has the flexibility to choose how operating system updates " -"are applied." +"administrator has the flexibility to choose how operating system updates are " +"applied." msgstr "" -"NethServer 8 è installato in cima alle distribuzioni Linux e si sforza il" -" più possibile di preservare le configurazioni di default. " -"L'amministratore di sistema ha la flessibilità di scegliere come vengono " -"applicati gli aggiornamenti del sistema operativo." +"NethServer 8 è installato in cima alle distribuzioni Linux e si sforza il " +"più possibile di preservare le configurazioni di default. L'amministratore " +"di sistema ha la flessibilità di scegliere come vengono applicati gli " +"aggiornamenti del sistema operativo." #: ../../os_updates.rst:12 msgid "" -"It is generally advisable to apply operating system updates promptly. If " -"you have an active subscription, updates are automatically applied as " -"described in the :ref:`scheduled-updates` section. Otherwise, consult " -"your distribution documentation for guidance:" +"It is generally advisable to apply operating system updates promptly. If you " +"have an active subscription, updates are automatically applied as described " +"in the :ref:`scheduled-updates` section. Otherwise, consult your " +"distribution documentation for guidance:" msgstr "" "È generalmente consigliabile applicare prontamente gli aggiornamenti del " -"sistema operativo. Se si dispone di un abbonamento attivo, gli " -"aggiornamenti vengono applicati automaticamente come descritto nella " -"sezione: `scheduled-updates`. In caso contrario, consultare la guida " -"della documentazione della distribuzione:" +"sistema operativo. Se si dispone di un abbonamento attivo, gli aggiornamenti " +"vengono applicati automaticamente come descritto nella sezione: `scheduled-" +"updates`. In caso contrario, consultare la guida della documentazione della " +"distribuzione:" #: ../../os_updates.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux " -"`_" +"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux `_" msgstr "" -"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux " -"`_" +"`Rocky Linux/AlmaLinux `_" #: ../../os_updates.rst:18 msgid "`Debian `_" @@ -5217,17 +5196,17 @@ msgid "" "unexpected issues. To enable automatic updates on CentOS Stream, simply " "follow the same instructions as outlined for Rocky Linux." msgstr "" -"CentOS Stream è considerato come un'anteprima del prossimo rilascio " -"stabile RHEL. Gli aggiornamenti possono introdurre nuove versioni del " -"software che potrebbero potenzialmente causare problemi inaspettati. Per " -"attivare gli aggiornamenti automatici su CentOS Stream, basta seguire le " -"stesse istruzioni indicate per Rocky Linux." +"CentOS Stream è considerato come un'anteprima del prossimo rilascio stabile " +"RHEL. Gli aggiornamenti possono introdurre nuove versioni del software che " +"potrebbero potenzialmente causare problemi inaspettati. Per attivare gli " +"aggiornamenti automatici su CentOS Stream, basta seguire le stesse " +"istruzioni indicate per Rocky Linux." #: ../../os_updates.rst:25 msgid "For updates to core and modules, refer to :ref:`updates-section`." msgstr "" -"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: " -"`updates-section`." +"Per gli aggiornamenti al core e ai moduli, fare riferimento a:ref: `updates-" +"section`." #: ../../prometheus.rst:7 msgid "Prometheus" @@ -5245,8 +5224,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:12 msgid "" -"`Node exporter `_ " -"provides the node metrics endpoint" +"`Node exporter `_ provides " +"the node metrics endpoint" msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:13 @@ -5255,33 +5234,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the " -"leader node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be" -" exposed on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance" -" ``Status`` page. You can access it from the software center or from the " -"application menu in the top-right corner." +"You can install only one instance of **Prometheus**, usually on the leader " +"node. Prometheus does not require any configuration and it will be exposed " +"on a random URL. The URL is available on the Prometheus instance ``Status`` " +"page. You can access it from the software center or from the application " +"menu in the top-right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:21 msgid "" -"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install" -" it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " +"You should install the **node exporter** on each cluster node. To install " +"it, access the :ref:`software_center-section` and look for the " "``node_exporter`` application. Each time a new node with the exporter is " "installed, Prometheus will automatically collect the node metrics." msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:25 msgid "" -"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation," -" you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access" -" the Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` " -"options accordingly to your needs." +"**Grafana** can be installed only on the leader node. After installation, " +"you will need to configure the ``Host name`` with a valid FQDN to access the " +"Grafana instance. Enable ``Let's Encrypt`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " +"accordingly to your needs." msgstr "" #: ../../prometheus.rst:29 msgid "" -"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki" -" `." +"Grafana will automatically display metrics from Prometheus and :ref:`Loki " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:5 @@ -5297,14 +5276,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:10 msgid "" "Access the ``HTTP routes`` card inside the ``Settings`` page to see all " -"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy " -"during the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." +"configured routes. Applications usually automatically setup the proxy during " +"the configuration phase. Automatic routes can't be modified." msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. " -"Then enter the following details:" +"You can add a custom route by clicking :guilabel:`Create route` button. Then " +"enter the following details:" msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:17 @@ -5317,44 +5296,43 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:19 msgid "" -"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable " -"backend HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." +"``URL``: target URL of the route. It must correspond to a reachable backend " +"HTTP server. It can be both internal or external to the cluster." msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:21 msgid "" -"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, " -"this switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If " -"the backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a " -"valid TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS " -"verification." +"``Skip certificate validation``: if the URL starts with ``https://``, this " +"switch disables the verification of the backend TLS certificate. If the " +"backend is reached through a trusted network but it cannot provide a valid " +"TLS certificate, it could be acceptable to skip the TLS verification." msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:26 msgid "" -"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based " -"route, sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be " -"available on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" +"``Host``: fill this field with a valid FQDN if you want a host-based route, " +"sometimes also referred as virtual host; the application will be available " +"on a URL like ``https://myapp.nethserver.org``" msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:28 msgid "" -"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based " -"route accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available" -" on a URL like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" +"``Path``: fill this field with a valid path if you want a path-based route " +"accessible from the cluster FQDN; the application will be available on a URL " +"like ``https://cluster.nethserver.org/myapp``" msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:30 msgid "" -"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the " -"path before routing the request to the target URL" +"``Strip URL path prefix``: when ``Path`` field is not empty, strip the path " +"before routing the request to the target URL" msgstr "" #: ../../proxy.rst:31 msgid "" -"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a " -"valid certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements " -"`" +"``Request Let's Encrypt certificate`` enable this option to request a valid " +"certificate, please remember :ref:`all requirements `" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:5 @@ -5368,17 +5346,17 @@ msgstr "Rilasci NethServer 8" #: ../../release_notes.rst:11 #, python-format msgid "" -"List of `known bugs " -"`_" +"List of `known bugs `_" msgstr "" -"Elenco dei `bug noti " -"`_" +"Elenco dei `bug noti `_" #: ../../release_notes.rst:12 msgid "" -"Discussions around `possible bugs " -"`_" -msgstr "Discussioni su `possibili bug `_" +"Discussions around `possible bugs `_" +msgstr "" +"Discussioni su `possibili bug `_" #: ../../release_notes.rst:15 msgid "Major changes on 2024-02-13" @@ -5394,34 +5372,32 @@ msgstr "Le nuove funzionalità introdotte da questa release sono:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Subscription** -- Nethesis Enterprise and Community Subscription plans " -"are now available for NS8. See the details in :ref:`subscription-section`" -" page." +"**Subscription** -- Nethesis Enterprise and Community Subscription plans are " +"now available for NS8. See the details in :ref:`subscription-section` page." msgstr "" -"**Abbonamento** -- I piani di abbonamento Nethesis Enterprise e Community" -" Subscription sono ora disponibili per NS8. Maggiori dettagli nella " -"pagina :ref:`subscription-section`." +"**Abbonamento** -- I piani di abbonamento Nethesis Enterprise e Community " +"Subscription sono ora disponibili per NS8. Maggiori dettagli nella pagina :" +"ref:`subscription-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:25 msgid "" "**User management portal** -- Members of the Domain Admins group can now " -"create, edit and delete user accounts from the :ref:`User management " -"portal `. The login screen now displays " -"the user domain name to distinguish which domain a user is logging in to." +"create, edit and delete user accounts from the :ref:`User management portal " +"`. The login screen now displays the user " +"domain name to distinguish which domain a user is logging in to." msgstr "" -"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- I membri del gruppo Domain Admins" -" possono ora creare, modificare ed eliminare gli account utente dal " -":ref:`Portale di gestione utente `. La " -"schermata di login ora visualizza il nome del dominio dell'utente per " -"distinguere a quale dominio utente si accede." +"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- I membri del gruppo Domain Admins " +"possono ora creare, modificare ed eliminare gli account utente dal :ref:" +"`Portale di gestione utente `. La schermata " +"di login ora visualizza il nome del dominio dell'utente per distinguere a " +"quale dominio utente si accede." #: ../../release_notes.rst:31 msgid "" "**Skip certificate validation** in HTTP routes -- When an HTTP route is " "created or edited in the :ref:`HTTP routes ` page, the " -"``Skip certificate validation`` option can be enabled over a trusted " -"network if the server at the destination URL has no valid TLS " -"certificate." +"``Skip certificate validation`` option can be enabled over a trusted network " +"if the server at the destination URL has no valid TLS certificate." msgstr "" "**Salta la verifica del certificato** nelle route HTTP -- quando viene " "creata o modificata una rotta HTTP nella pagina delle :ref:`rotte HTTP " @@ -5431,21 +5407,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:37 msgid "" -"**Cockpit removed from pre-built image** -- Cockpit is not required to " -"run NS8, therefore it is no more available in the NS8 pre-built image. If" -" desired, it can be manually installed and enabled with the following " +"**Cockpit removed from pre-built image** -- Cockpit is not required to run " +"NS8, therefore it is no more available in the NS8 pre-built image. If " +"desired, it can be manually installed and enabled with the following " "commands: ::" msgstr "" -"**Cockpit rimosso dall'immagine pre-built** -- Cockpit non è necessario " -"per NS8, quindi non è più disponibile nell'immagine pre-built di NS8. Se " -"lo si desidera, può essere installato e abilitato manualmente con i " -"seguenti comandi: ::" +"**Cockpit rimosso dall'immagine pre-built** -- Cockpit non è necessario per " +"NS8, quindi non è più disponibile nell'immagine pre-built di NS8. Se lo si " +"desidera, può essere installato e abilitato manualmente con i seguenti " +"comandi: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "The default Cockpit configuration forbids ``root`` access: log in as a " -"member of the ``wheel`` group, then enter the \"administrative access\" " -"mode." +"member of the ``wheel`` group, then enter the \"administrative access\" mode." msgstr "" "La configurazione predefinita di Cockpit proibisce l'accesso a ``root``: " "accedere con un utente membro del gruppo ``wheel``, quindi attivare la " @@ -5457,21 +5432,20 @@ msgstr "Problemi noti:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Core upgrade freezes Software Center page** -- The `bug 6778`_ has been" -" fixed in core version 2.2.6. If the upgrade from RC1 starts from core " -"version 2.2.5 or lower, when the task progress bar freezes reload the web" -" page with ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` or an equivalent procedure. The page " -"reload has no impact with the underlying upgrade. Note: the upgrade " -"download may be slow; avoid interrupting or rebooting until completion." -msgstr "" -"**Core upgrade congela la pagina Software Center** -- Il `bug 6778`_ è " -"stato fissato nella versione core 2.2.6. Se l'aggiornamento da RC1 inizia" -" dalla versione core 2.2.5 o inferiore, quando la barra di avanzamento " -"dell'attività si blocca, ricaricare la pagina web con ``CTRL + SHIFT + " -"R`` o una procedura equivalente. La ricarica della pagina non ha alcun " -"impatto sull'aggiornamento in corso. Nota: il download dell'aggiornamento" -" può essere lento; evitare di interrompere o riavviare fino al " -"completamento." +"**Core upgrade freezes Software Center page** -- The `bug 6778`_ has been " +"fixed in core version 2.2.6. If the upgrade from RC1 starts from core " +"version 2.2.5 or lower, when the task progress bar freezes reload the web " +"page with ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` or an equivalent procedure. The page reload " +"has no impact with the underlying upgrade. Note: the upgrade download may be " +"slow; avoid interrupting or rebooting until completion." +msgstr "" +"**Core upgrade congela la pagina Software Center** -- Il `bug 6778`_ è stato " +"fissato nella versione core 2.2.6. Se l'aggiornamento da RC1 inizia dalla " +"versione core 2.2.5 o inferiore, quando la barra di avanzamento " +"dell'attività si blocca, ricaricare la pagina web con ``CTRL + SHIFT + R`` o " +"una procedura equivalente. La ricarica della pagina non ha alcun impatto " +"sull'aggiornamento in corso. Nota: il download dell'aggiornamento può essere " +"lento; evitare di interrompere o riavviare fino al completamento." #: ../../release_notes.rst:61 msgid "Major changes on 2023-11-21" @@ -5488,48 +5462,47 @@ msgstr "Nuove funzionalità introdotte dalla RC1:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:67 msgid "" -"**Password policy** -- Added a new configuration option to the ``Domains " -"and users`` page. It is possible to modify the password complexity and " -"expiration policies of Samba and OpenLDAP domains. Beta 2 installations " -"with OpenLDAP domains require to run a manual procedure to enable the " -"password policy. The upgrade procedure is detailed in the next notes. See" -" also :ref:`password-policy-section`." -msgstr "" -"**Policy delle password** -- Aggiunta una nuova opzione di configurazione" -" nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``. È possibile modificare la complessità " -"delle password e le politiche di scadenza dei domini Samba e OpenLDAP. Le" -" installazioni Beta 2 con i domini OpenLDAP richiedono di eseguire una " +"**Password policy** -- Added a new configuration option to the ``Domains and " +"users`` page. It is possible to modify the password complexity and " +"expiration policies of Samba and OpenLDAP domains. Beta 2 installations with " +"OpenLDAP domains require to run a manual procedure to enable the password " +"policy. The upgrade procedure is detailed in the next notes. See also :ref:" +"`password-policy-section`." +msgstr "" +"**Policy delle password** -- Aggiunta una nuova opzione di configurazione " +"nella pagina ``Domini e utenti``. È possibile modificare la complessità " +"delle password e le politiche di scadenza dei domini Samba e OpenLDAP. Le " +"installazioni Beta 2 con i domini OpenLDAP richiedono di eseguire una " "procedura manuale per abilitare le password policy. La procedura di " -"aggiornamento è dettagliata nelle note successive. Vedi anche :ref" -":`password-policy-section`." +"aggiornamento è dettagliata nelle note successive. Vedi anche :ref:`password-" +"policy-section`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:74 msgid "" -"**User management portal** -- Users of a domain can now access a web page" -" to change their own password. The user portal is available at " -"``https://IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; a full link is shown in " -"the ``Domains and users`` page, under the domain configuration settings. " -"Beta 2 installations require to run a manual procedure to enable the user" -" portal. See the upgrade procedure for Samba and OpenLDAP in the next " -"notes, and the :ref:`user-management-portal-section` page." -msgstr "" -"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- Gli utenti di un dominio possono " -"ora accedere a una pagina web per modificare la propria password. Il " -"portale dell'utente è disponibile all'indirizzo ``https://IP_OR_FQDN" -"/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; un link completo viene visualizzato nella " -"pagina ``Domini e utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del " -"dominio. Le installazioni Beta 2 richiedono di eseguire una procedura " -"manuale per abilitare il portale utente. Vedere la procedura di " -"aggiornamento per Samba e OpenLDAP nelle note successive, e la pagina: " -"`user-management-portal-section` ." +"**User management portal** -- Users of a domain can now access a web page to " +"change their own password. The user portal is available at ``https://" +"IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/DOMAIN_NAME/``; a full link is shown in the ``Domains " +"and users`` page, under the domain configuration settings. Beta 2 " +"installations require to run a manual procedure to enable the user portal. " +"See the upgrade procedure for Samba and OpenLDAP in the next notes, and the :" +"ref:`user-management-portal-section` page." +msgstr "" +"**Portale di gestione degli utenti** -- Gli utenti di un dominio possono ora " +"accedere a una pagina web per modificare la propria password. Il portale " +"dell'utente è disponibile all'indirizzo ``https://IP_OR_FQDN/users-admin/" +"DOMAIN_NAME/``; un link completo viene visualizzato nella pagina ``Domini e " +"utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio. Le " +"installazioni Beta 2 richiedono di eseguire una procedura manuale per " +"abilitare il portale utente. Vedere la procedura di aggiornamento per Samba " +"e OpenLDAP nelle note successive, e la pagina: `user-management-portal-" +"section` ." #: ../../release_notes.rst:82 msgid "" -"**Backup repositories** -- Beside existing cloud protocols, it is now " -"easier to send backups to some local device. A backup repository can now " -"be created in a *Windows file share* or in a *Local storage*, like a disk" -" attached to a cluster node. See :ref:`backup-restore-section` for more " -"information." +"**Backup repositories** -- Beside existing cloud protocols, it is now easier " +"to send backups to some local device. A backup repository can now be created " +"in a *Windows file share* or in a *Local storage*, like a disk attached to a " +"cluster node. See :ref:`backup-restore-section` for more information." msgstr "" "**Repository backup** -- Oltre ai protocolli cloud esistenti, è ora più " "facile inviare i backup ad alcuni dispositivi locali. Un repository di " @@ -5540,31 +5513,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:88 msgid "" "**Fetch mail from other servers** -- :ref:`imapsync-section` is a new " -"advanced application designed to retrieve email messages from remote IMAP" -" servers at scheduled intervals and to synchronize entire IMAP accounts." +"advanced application designed to retrieve email messages from remote IMAP " +"servers at scheduled intervals and to synchronize entire IMAP accounts." msgstr "" "**Raccolta mail da altri server** -- :ref:`imapsync-section` è una nuova " -"applicazione avanzata progettata per recuperare i messaggi e-mail da " -"server IMAP remoti a intervalli programmati e sincronizzare interi " -"account IMAP." +"applicazione avanzata progettata per recuperare i messaggi e-mail da server " +"IMAP remoti a intervalli programmati e sincronizzare interi account IMAP." #: ../../release_notes.rst:93 msgid "" "**Mirror list for Rocky Linux nodes** -- If Rocky Linux is the node OS " -"distribution, the default DNF configuration is overridden and mirrors are" -" returned by ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. RPM packages from Rocky Linux" -" will be hosted by NethServer specific mirrors in future releases." +"distribution, the default DNF configuration is overridden and mirrors are " +"returned by ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. RPM packages from Rocky Linux " +"will be hosted by NethServer specific mirrors in future releases." msgstr "" -"**Lista mirror per i nodi Rocky Linux** -- Se Rocky Linux è la " -"distribuzione OS usata in un nodo, la configurazione predefinita DNF " -"viene sovrascritta e i mirror vengono gestiti da " -"``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. Nelle future versioni i pacchetti RPM di " -"Rocky Linux saranno ospitati da mirror specifici di NethServer." +"**Lista mirror per i nodi Rocky Linux** -- Se Rocky Linux è la distribuzione " +"OS usata in un nodo, la configurazione predefinita DNF viene sovrascritta e " +"i mirror vengono gestiti da ``mirrorlist.nethserver.org``. Nelle future " +"versioni i pacchetti RPM di Rocky Linux saranno ospitati da mirror specifici " +"di NethServer." #: ../../release_notes.rst:98 msgid "" -"Upgrade of existing Beta 2 installations can be started from the Software" -" center page as usual. After the core components are up-to-date, run the " +"Upgrade of existing Beta 2 installations can be started from the Software " +"center page as usual. After the core components are up-to-date, run the " "following manual procedures to complete the upgrade." msgstr "" "L'aggiornamento delle installazioni Beta 2 esistenti può essere avviato " @@ -5579,10 +5551,10 @@ msgid "" "authorization role, available on new installations since core version " "2.1.0: ::" msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento del core** -- Per aggiornare le " -"installazioni Beta 2 eseguire il seguente comando sul nodo leader. " -"Definisce il nuovo ruolo di autorizzazione ``tunadm``, disponibile su " -"nuove installazioni dalla versione core 2.1.0: ::" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento del core** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni " +"Beta 2 eseguire il seguente comando sul nodo leader. Definisce il nuovo " +"ruolo di autorizzazione ``tunadm``, disponibile su nuove installazioni dalla " +"versione core 2.1.0: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:109 msgid "For each cluster node, enable the local WebDAV service for backups: ::" @@ -5601,15 +5573,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:119 msgid "" "**Samba upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the " -"following procedure for each Samba account provider instance. The list of" -" instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the" -" domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" +"following procedure for each Samba account provider instance. The list of " +"instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the " +"domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" msgstr "" -"**Procedura aggiornamento Samba** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni Beta" -" 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider " -"Samba. L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e" -" utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; " -"**annotare per ogni provider**:" +"**Procedura aggiornamento Samba** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni Beta 2 " +"eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider Samba. " +"L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e utenti``, " +"sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; **annotare per ogni " +"provider**:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:124 msgid "the module ID (string), for example ``samba1``" @@ -5621,30 +5593,31 @@ msgstr "L'ID del nodo (numero), per esempio ``1``" #: ../../release_notes.rst:126 ../../release_notes.rst:161 msgid "" -"a free TCP port number, generated by executing on the leader node a " -"command like this: ::" +"a free TCP port number, generated by executing on the leader node a command " +"like this: ::" msgstr "" -"il numero di una porta TCP disponibile, generato eseguendo sul nodo " -"leader questo comando: ::" +"il numero di una porta TCP disponibile, generato eseguendo sul nodo leader " +"questo comando: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:132 ../../release_notes.rst:167 msgid "" "In the above example set ``node_id`` with the correct node ID (number). " "Let's assume the above command prints the port number below: ::" msgstr "" -"Nell'esempio sopra è necessario assegnare a ``node_id`` il corretto ID " -"del nodo (numero). Supponiamo che il comando stampi il seguente numero di" -" porta: ::" +"Nell'esempio sopra è necessario assegnare a ``node_id`` il corretto ID del " +"nodo (numero). Supponiamo che il comando stampi il seguente numero di " +"porta: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:137 ../../release_notes.rst:172 msgid "With the above annotations, run the following steps for each provider:" msgstr "" -"Con le annotazioni recuperate precedentemente, eseguire i seguenti " -"passaggi per ogni provider:" +"Con le annotazioni recuperate precedentemente, eseguire i seguenti passaggi " +"per ogni provider:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:139 ../../release_notes.rst:174 msgid "Log on the cluster node where the provider instance runs." -msgstr "Accedere al nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza del provider." +msgstr "" +"Accedere al nodo del cluster in cui viene eseguita l'istanza del provider." #: ../../release_notes.rst:141 ../../release_notes.rst:176 msgid "Apply the TCP port configuration and start the user portal service: ::" @@ -5654,16 +5627,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:154 msgid "" -"**OpenLDAP upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the" -" following procedure for each OpenLDAP account provider instance. The " -"list of instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, " -"under the domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" +"**OpenLDAP upgrade procedure** -- To upgrade Beta 2 installations run the " +"following procedure for each OpenLDAP account provider instance. The list of " +"instances can be obtained from the ``Domains and users`` page, under the " +"domain configuration settings; **annotate for each provider**:" msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento OpenLDAP** -- Per aggiornare le " -"installazioni Beta 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza " -"dell'account provider OpenLDAP. L'elenco delle istanze può essere " -"ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di " -"configurazione del dominio; **annotare per ogni provider**:" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento OpenLDAP** -- Per aggiornare le installazioni " +"Beta 2 eseguire la procedura seguente per ogni istanza dell'account provider " +"OpenLDAP. L'elenco delle istanze può essere ottenuto dalla pagina ``Domini e " +"utenti``, sotto le impostazioni di configurazione del dominio; **annotare " +"per ogni provider**:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:159 msgid "the module ID (string), for example ``openldap1``" @@ -5675,24 +5648,22 @@ msgid "" "commands in one instance of your choice (the example is for " "``openldap1``): ::" msgstr "" -"Dopo aver ripetuto i passaggi sopra per ogni nodo del cluster, eseguire i" -" seguenti comandi in un'istanza a scelta (l'esempio è per ``openldap1``):" -" ::" +"Dopo aver ripetuto i passaggi sopra per ogni nodo del cluster, eseguire i " +"seguenti comandi in un'istanza a scelta (l'esempio è per ``openldap1``): ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:250 msgid "" "**Mattermost upgrade procedure** -- Mattermost upgrade must be completed " -"manually to allocate and open UDP ports required by the Calls plugin. " -"From the ``Software center`` page, ensure Mattermost is at version " -"``2.0.0``. Then clone the running instance and after clone is complete, " -"remove the old instance." -msgstr "" -"**Procedura di aggiornamento Mattermost** -- l'aggiornamento di " -"Mattermost deve essere completato manualmente per assegnare e aprire le " -"porte UDP richieste dal plugin Calls. Dalla pagina ``Software center``, " -"assicurarsi che la versione di Mattermost sia la ``2.0.0``. Clonare " -"quindi l'istanza in esecuzione e, completato il clone, rimuovere la " -"vecchia istanza." +"manually to allocate and open UDP ports required by the Calls plugin. From " +"the ``Software center`` page, ensure Mattermost is at version ``2.0.0``. " +"Then clone the running instance and after clone is complete, remove the old " +"instance." +msgstr "" +"**Procedura di aggiornamento Mattermost** -- l'aggiornamento di Mattermost " +"deve essere completato manualmente per assegnare e aprire le porte UDP " +"richieste dal plugin Calls. Dalla pagina ``Software center``, assicurarsi " +"che la versione di Mattermost sia la ``2.0.0``. Clonare quindi l'istanza in " +"esecuzione e, completato il clone, rimuovere la vecchia istanza." #: ../../release_notes.rst:257 msgid "Major changes on 2023-09-13" @@ -5704,111 +5675,138 @@ msgstr "**Beta 2**" #: ../../release_notes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Pre-built image** -- Images are based on Rocky Linux. Available formats" -" are ``.qcow2`` for QEMU/Proxmox and ``.vmdk`` for VMware. See :ref" -":`install_image-section` for image download links." +"**Pre-built image** -- Images are based on Rocky Linux. Available formats " +"are ``.qcow2`` for QEMU/Proxmox and ``.vmdk`` for VMware. See :ref:" +"`install_image-section` for image download links." msgstr "" -"**Immagine pre-built** -- Le immagini si basano su Rocky Linux. I formati" -" disponibili sono ``.qcow2`` per QEMU/Proxmox e ``.vmdk`` per VMware. " -"Fare riferimento a :ref:`install_image-section` per i link di download " -"dell e immagini." +"**Immagine pre-built** -- Le immagini si basano su Rocky Linux. I formati " +"disponibili sono ``.qcow2`` per QEMU/Proxmox e ``.vmdk`` per VMware. Fare " +"riferimento a :ref:`install_image-section` per i link di download dell e " +"immagini." #: ../../release_notes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**FQDN requirement** -- The cluster creation procedure now asks to review" -" and set the current system host name. The host name is expected in short" -" form (a single word, with no domain suffix). The procedure also asks for" -" the domain suffix and fixes the ``/etc/hosts`` file by adding a record " -"to properly resolve the fully qualified domain name of the system (FQDN)." -" For example ::" +"**FQDN requirement** -- The cluster creation procedure now asks to review " +"and set the current system host name. The host name is expected in short " +"form (a single word, with no domain suffix). The procedure also asks for the " +"domain suffix and fixes the ``/etc/hosts`` file by adding a record to " +"properly resolve the fully qualified domain name of the system (FQDN). For " +"example ::" msgstr "" +"**Requisiti FQDN** -- La procedura di creazione del cluster richiede ora di " +"rivedere e impostare il nome host del sistema. Il nome host deve essere " +"fornito in forma breve (una sola parola, senza suffisso di dominio). La " +"procedura richiede anche il suffisso di dominio e manipola il file ``/etc/" +"hosts`` aggiungendo un record per risolvere correttamente il fully qualified " +"domain name (FQDN). Per esempio:" #: ../../release_notes.rst:273 msgid "See also :ref:`dns-reqs`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vedi anche :ref:`dns-reqs`." #: ../../release_notes.rst:275 msgid "" -"**WireGuard port 55820** -- The UDP port used by WireGuard in the " -"creation of the cluster VPN is now fixed to ``55820``. Clusters already " -"created with a custom port number must be fixed manually before updating " -"the core to Beta 2. For example if the custom port is ``55821`` run on " -"the leader node the following steps to fix it." +"**WireGuard port 55820** -- The UDP port used by WireGuard in the creation " +"of the cluster VPN is now fixed to ``55820``. Clusters already created with " +"a custom port number must be fixed manually before updating the core to Beta " +"2. For example if the custom port is ``55821`` run on the leader node the " +"following steps to fix it." msgstr "" +"**Porta WireGuard 55820** -- La porta UDP utilizzata da WireGuard nella " +"creazione del cluster VPN è ora fissata a ``55820``. La configurazione dei " +"cluster già creati con un numero di porta personalizzato dovrà essere " +"corretta manualmente prima di aggiornare il core a Beta 2. Ad esempio, se la " +"porta personalizzata è ``55821`` eseguire sul nodo leader i seguenti " +"passaggi per risolvere il problema." #: ../../release_notes.rst:281 msgid "" "Fix the VPN public endpoint address in Redis. For example, if the leader " "node is ``1`` and its FQDN is ``node1.example.org`` ::" msgstr "" +"Correggere l'indirizzo di endpoint pubblico VPN in Redis. Ad esempio, se il " +"nodo leader è ``1`` e il suo FQDN è ``node1.example.org``::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:286 msgid "Fix the firewall configuration ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Correggere la configurazione del firewall ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:292 msgid "Change the running WireGuard listen port ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificare la porta di ascolto dell'istanza WireGuard in esecuzione ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:296 msgid "" -"Make the change permanent, by setting ``ListenPort = 55820`` in " -"``/etc/wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" +"Make the change permanent, by setting ``ListenPort = 55820`` in ``/etc/" +"wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" msgstr "" +"Rendere le modifiche permanenti, impostando ``ListenPort = 55820`` nel file " +"``/etc/wireguard/wg0.conf`` ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:301 msgid "Repeat steps 2-4 on each worker node, too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ripetere i passi da 2 a 4 anche su ogni nodo worker." #: ../../release_notes.rst:303 msgid "" -"**Debian upgrade** -- After running the core update, installations based " -"on Debian 11 (Bullseye) must be manually upgraded to distribution version" -" 12 (Bookworm). ::" +"**Debian upgrade** -- After running the core update, installations based on " +"Debian 11 (Bullseye) must be manually upgraded to distribution version 12 " +"(Bookworm). ::" msgstr "" +"**Aggiornamento Debian** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, le " +"installazioni basate su Debian 11 (Bullseye) devono essere aggiornate " +"manualmente alla versione di distribuzione 12 (Bookworm) ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:311 msgid "" "Follow also the instructions for Python 3.11 upgrade, then **reboot the " "system**. Apply the same procedure for each cluster node." msgstr "" +"Seguire le istruzioni per aggiornare Python alla versione 3.11, poi **" +"riavviare il sistema**. Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del " +"cluster." #: ../../release_notes.rst:314 msgid "" "**Python 3.11** -- After running the core update, installations based on " -"Rocky Linux (and other EL-like distributions) must manually install " -"Python 3.11: ::" +"Rocky Linux (and other EL-like distributions) must manually install Python " +"3.11: ::" msgstr "" +"**Python 3.11** -- Dopo aver eseguito l'aggiornamento del core, le " +"installazioni basate su Rocky Linux (e altre distribuzioni EL-like) devono " +"installare manualmente Python 3.11: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:320 msgid "" "The following Bash script is required by Debian, too. Do not forget the " "round brackets! ::" msgstr "" +"Debian necessita anche l'esecuzione del seguente script Bash. Non " +"tralasciare le parentesi tonde! ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:332 msgid "Check if the Python upgrade was successfull: ::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Controllare se l'aggiornamento Python ha avuto successo: ::" #: ../../release_notes.rst:336 ../../release_notes.rst:371 msgid "Apply the same procedure for each cluster node." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Applicare la stessa procedura per ogni nodo del cluster." #: ../../release_notes.rst:338 msgid "" "**UI security enhancements** -- Since the Beta 1 release an important " -"security update has been released, and other security improvements are " -"now available. After running the core update, do an hard browser page " -"reload with ``CTRL + Shift + R`` or any other equivalent method." +"security update has been released, and other security improvements are now " +"available. After running the core update, do an hard browser page reload " +"with ``CTRL + Shift + R`` or any other equivalent method." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:343 msgid "" -"**Logs backend improved** -- The Logs page backend has been improved to " -"be faster and more accurate in capturing the logs of every cluster " -"component. The core module now runs Promtail as a system service. After " -"running the core update, it is safe to uninstall Promtail core modules by" -" running this command on the leader node: ::" +"**Logs backend improved** -- The Logs page backend has been improved to be " +"faster and more accurate in capturing the logs of every cluster component. " +"The core module now runs Promtail as a system service. After running the " +"core update, it is safe to uninstall Promtail core modules by running this " +"command on the leader node: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:351 @@ -5820,24 +5818,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:354 msgid "" "**TLS certificate upload** -- The ``TLS certificates`` card under the " -"``Settings`` page was extended to allow the upload of a certificate and " -"the private key associated to it. See the section :ref" -":`certificate_manager-section`." +"``Settings`` page was extended to allow the upload of a certificate and the " +"private key associated to it. See the section :ref:`certificate_manager-" +"section`." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:359 msgid "" -"**Additional backup providers** -- Backup repositories can be created " -"also on Microsoft Azure and S3-compatible cloud storage providers." +"**Additional backup providers** -- Backup repositories can be created also " +"on Microsoft Azure and S3-compatible cloud storage providers." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:362 msgid "" -"**New Traefik configuration backend** -- The cluster Redis DB is not used" -" any more by Traefik module instances as their dynamic configuration " -"backend. Traefik configuration is now entirely stored under the module " -"home directory. To improve Redis performance it is possible to disable a " -"feature specific for Traefik with the following commands: ::" +"**New Traefik configuration backend** -- The cluster Redis DB is not used " +"any more by Traefik module instances as their dynamic configuration backend. " +"Traefik configuration is now entirely stored under the module home " +"directory. To improve Redis performance it is possible to disable a feature " +"specific for Traefik with the following commands: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:373 @@ -5846,23 +5844,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:375 msgid "" -"New installations of the Mail module have the ``Shared seen`` option " -"enabled by default. Existing installations will find the switch disabled." -" See also the section about :ref:`settings for mailboxes `." +"New installations of the Mail module have the ``Shared seen`` option enabled " +"by default. Existing installations will find the switch disabled. See also " +"the section about :ref:`settings for mailboxes `." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:380 msgid "" -"Added the open source Dovecot plugin *Flatcurve* to enable full text " -"search (FTS) of email messages. To massively rebuild the search indexes " -"run the following command during system idle time: ::" +"Added the open source Dovecot plugin *Flatcurve* to enable full text search " +"(FTS) of email messages. To massively rebuild the search indexes run the " +"following command during system idle time: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:386 msgid "" -"Only PDF attachments and the email itself are added to the index. In " -"future releases more attachment formats will be supported." +"Only PDF attachments and the email itself are added to the index. In future " +"releases more attachment formats will be supported." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:391 @@ -5893,8 +5890,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:400 msgid "" -"Authentication: support for both Active Directory and LDAP (RFC2307) user" -" directories" +"Authentication: support for both Active Directory and LDAP (RFC2307) user " +"directories" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:401 @@ -5911,8 +5908,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:403 msgid "" -"Email relay: use a smart host to route outgoing emails through a trusted" -" server" +"Email relay: use a smart host to route outgoing emails through a trusted " +"server" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:404 @@ -5921,20 +5918,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:405 msgid "" -"Multi-factor authentication: enable two-step verification for " -"administrator accounts" +"Multi-factor authentication: enable two-step verification for administrator " +"accounts" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:406 msgid "" -"Built-in firewall: protect against unauthorized access at the network " -"level by implementing a local firewall" +"Built-in firewall: protect against unauthorized access at the network level " +"by implementing a local firewall" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:407 msgid "" -"Migration: :ref:`Cockpit module ` to import NethServer" -" 7 applications" +"Migration: :ref:`Cockpit module ` to import NethServer 7 " +"applications" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:409 @@ -5943,21 +5940,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:411 msgid "" -"Collaborative tools: includes Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd mail server, WebTop," -" Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, " -"Mattermost" +"Collaborative tools: includes Dovecot/Postfix/Rspamd mail server, WebTop, " +"Roundcubemail, Nextcloud, Collabora Online, Dokuwiki, ejabberd, Mattermost" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:412 msgid "" -"Development utilities: features MariaDB and NGINX web server for creating" -" dynamic applications and services" +"Development utilities: features MariaDB and NGINX web server for creating " +"dynamic applications and services" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:413 msgid "" -"Monitoring and analysis: offers Grafana, Prometheus, and node_exporter " -"for tracking performance metrics and identifying potential issues" +"Monitoring and analysis: offers Grafana, Prometheus, and node_exporter for " +"tracking performance metrics and identifying potential issues" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:414 @@ -5978,8 +5974,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:419 msgid "" -"currently, the system only uses TLS certificates issued by Let's Encrypt " -"or self-signed certificates generated locally" +"currently, the system only uses TLS certificates issued by Let's Encrypt or " +"self-signed certificates generated locally" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:420 @@ -5994,8 +5990,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:422 msgid "" -"only a limited number of cloud storage providers are available for " -"backing up data" +"only a limited number of cloud storage providers are available for backing " +"up data" msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:427 @@ -6010,38 +6006,37 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:431 msgid "" -"During the **Alpha** stage, the software is not thoroughly tested and may" -" not include all planned features. This release is not suitable for " -"production environments. However, it can be used to preview what's coming" -" in the upcoming version. Please note that updates from an Alpha release " -"to other releases are not supported." +"During the **Alpha** stage, the software is not thoroughly tested and may " +"not include all planned features. This release is not suitable for " +"production environments. However, it can be used to preview what's coming in " +"the upcoming version. Please note that updates from an Alpha release to " +"other releases are not supported." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:435 msgid "" -"The **Beta** stage indicates that the software is mostly feature " -"complete, but it may still contain many known and unknown bugs. This " -"release should not be used on production environments. However, it can be" -" used to test the software before deploying it to production. Updates " -"from a Beta release to an RC or Stable release are supported but may " -"require a manual procedure." +"The **Beta** stage indicates that the software is mostly feature complete, " +"but it may still contain many known and unknown bugs. This release should " +"not be used on production environments. However, it can be used to test the " +"software before deploying it to production. Updates from a Beta release to " +"an RC or Stable release are supported but may require a manual procedure." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:439 msgid "" "During the **Release Candidate (RC)** stage, the software is feature " -"complete, and it contains no known bugs. If no major issues arise, it can" -" be promoted to Stable. Updates from an RC release to a Stable release " -"are supported and should be almost automatic. However, if you're new to " -"the software, it's best to use it in production only if you already have " -"some experience with it." +"complete, and it contains no known bugs. If no major issues arise, it can be " +"promoted to Stable. Updates from an RC release to a Stable release are " +"supported and should be almost automatic. However, if you're new to the " +"software, it's best to use it in production only if you already have some " +"experience with it." msgstr "" #: ../../release_notes.rst:444 msgid "" -"The **Stable** release is the most reliable and safe to use in production" -" environments. It has been thoroughly tested and is considered to be free" -" of major bugs." +"The **Stable** release is the most reliable and safe to use in production " +"environments. It has been thoroughly tested and is considered to be free of " +"major bugs." msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:5 @@ -6076,14 +6071,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple Roundcube instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:21 msgid "" -"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like " -"``webmail.nethserver.org``." +"Roundcube needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``webmail.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:32 @@ -6094,8 +6089,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:33 msgid "" -"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options " -"accordingly to your needs" +"enable ``Request LE certificate`` and ``HTTP to HTTPS`` options accordingly " +"to your needs" msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:34 @@ -6104,8 +6099,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:37 msgid "" -"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref" -":`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." +"Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure a list of :ref:" +"`roundcube_plugins-section` and the ``Maximum size for attachments``." msgstr "" #: ../../roundcube.rst:43 @@ -6168,28 +6163,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:10 msgid "" -"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` " -"button. If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to " -"select the target node." +"To install a new application just click on the :guilabel:`Install` button. " +"If the cluster has multiple nodes, you will be alse required to select the " +"target node." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:14 msgid "" "To install another instance of an existing application, click on the " -"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on " -":guilabel:`Install new instance`." +"``Instances`` link inside the application card. Then click on :guilabel:" +"`Install new instance`." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:20 msgid "" -"Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application" -" supports multiple instances on the same node." +"Be careful! The user interface does not currently check if an application " +"supports multiple instances on the same node." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:25 msgid "" -"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, " -"by clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." +"Installed applications are always available from the application drawer, by " +"clicking on the |bento| menu in the top right corner." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:23 @@ -6198,14 +6193,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by " -"clicking on the three-dots menu:" +"You can also perform multiple actions on installed applications by clicking " +"on the three-dots menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:31 msgid "" -"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the" -" application drawer" +"``Add to favorites``: the application will be always listed on top of the " +"application drawer" msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:34 @@ -6218,8 +6213,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:38 msgid "" -"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-" -"section`" +"``Move``: move the application to another node, see :ref:`move_clone-section`" msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:41 @@ -6232,9 +6226,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:48 msgid "" -"Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted" -" by the index of applications, along with their descriptions and " -"additional information on how to obtain them." +"Software repositories contain applications metadata, which is constituted by " +"the index of applications, along with their descriptions and additional " +"information on how to obtain them." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:52 @@ -6253,20 +6247,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:59 msgid "" -"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both " -"enabled and disabled state." +"NethServer comes with a default set of software repositories in both enabled " +"and disabled state." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:62 msgid "" -"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer " -"community, initially set in a disabled state." +"NethForge is a repository of applications built by the NethServer community, " +"initially set in a disabled state." msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:65 msgid "" -"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` " -"button. Then fill all required fields:" +"To add your own repository click on the :guilabel:`Add repository` button. " +"Then fill all required fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:68 @@ -6285,8 +6279,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:75 msgid "" -"``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of " -"modules from this repository" +"``Testing`` check this option to access also non-stable releases of modules " +"from this repository" msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:78 @@ -6297,8 +6291,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../software_center.rst:83 msgid "" -"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref" -":`active_directory-section`" +"Except for :ref:`file-server-section`, that is installed with :ref:" +"`active_directory-section`" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:5 @@ -6319,18 +6313,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple SOGo instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:20 msgid "" -"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange " -"Web Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. " -"Mainstream mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with " -"EAS, they can sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and" -" Outlook for Mac support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with " -"POP3/IMAP account, caldav/carddav account**" +"SOGo provides EAS (Exchange ActiveSync) support, but not EWS (Exchange Web " +"Service). Outlook 2013, 2016 for Windows works well with EAS. Mainstream " +"mobile devices (iOS, Android, BlackBerry 10) work well with EAS, they can " +"sync mails, calendars, contacts, tasks. Apple Mail.app, and Outlook for Mac " +"support EWS. But not EAS. **Clients work very well with POP3/IMAP account, " +"caldav/carddav account**" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:27 @@ -6339,9 +6333,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:29 msgid "" -"Please read `official documentation " -"`_ for more " -"informations." +"Please read `official documentation `_ for more informations." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:32 @@ -6350,8 +6343,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:34 msgid "" -"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it" -" requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" +"The application can be migrated from NethServer 7 to NethServer 8, but it " +"requires some manual steps. Please refer to the section :ref:`migration-" "section` for more information." msgstr "" @@ -6362,7 +6355,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:41 -msgid "SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." +msgid "" +"SOGo needs a dedicated virtual host, a FQDN like ``sogo.nethserver.org``." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:48 @@ -6399,20 +6393,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:65 msgid "" -"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can " -"manage all users' preferences." +"Administrator list of SOGo: When enabled, the SOGo administrator can manage " +"all users' preferences." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:66 msgid "" -"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP " -"accounts that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." +"Auxiliary email accounts : When enabled, users can add other IMAP accounts " +"that will be visible from the SOGo Webmail interface." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:67 msgid "" -"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are " -"available through DAV." +"Enable DAV: When enable the shared calendars and address books are available " +"through DAV." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:68 @@ -6423,14 +6417,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:69 msgid "" -"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to" -" the number of users." +"Workers count: Number of SOGo workers, you need to adjust it according to " +"the number of users." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:73 msgid "" -"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than" -" 20 users." +"The default value is 3, but you need to increase it if you have more than 20 " +"users." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:76 @@ -6439,9 +6433,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow" -" the instructions `README " -"`_" +"Some parameters cannot be modified from the user interface, please follow " +"the instructions `README `_" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:84 @@ -6458,8 +6452,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:93 msgid "" -"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password)" -" in each application." +"The drawback is that you need to set all settings (Url/Username/Password) in " +"each application." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:95 @@ -6478,10 +6472,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:101 msgid "" -"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid " -"`_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-" -"Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so " -"that almost all calendar and contacts apps can access synchronized data." +"There are various working clients, including `DAVdroid `_ (open-source) and `CalDAV-Sync/CardDav-Sync `_. Advantages Full integration into Android, so that almost all calendar " +"and contacts apps can access synchronized data." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:105 @@ -6490,8 +6484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:109 msgid "" -"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one " -"location" +"The advantage is that you set the Url/Username/Password only in one location" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:112 @@ -6512,8 +6505,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:117 msgid "" -"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address" -" and email account credential" +"In detailed account setup page, fill up the form with your server address " +"and email account credential" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:119 @@ -6534,8 +6527,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:126 msgid "" -"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL " -"certificates" +"Please also check Use secure connection (SSL) and Accept all SSL certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:129 @@ -6556,32 +6548,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:137 msgid "" -"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A" -" typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " -"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your" -" address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " -"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and " -"Lightning. Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an " -"initial IMAP account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name" -" and password mentioned above." +"Alternatively, you can access SOGo with a GroupDAV and a CalDAV client. A " +"typical well-integrated setup is to use Mozilla Thunderbird and Mozilla " +"Lightning along with Inverse’s SOGo Connector plug in to synchronize your " +"address books and the Inverse’s SOGo Integrator plug in to provide a " +"complete integration of the features of SOGo into Thunderbird and Lightning. " +"Refer to the documentation of Thunderbird to configure an initial IMAP " +"account pointing to your SOGo server and using the user name and password " +"mentioned above." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:139 msgid "" -"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in " -"`_, your calendars and address " -"books will be automatically discovered when you login in Thunderbird. " -"This plug in can also propagate specific extensions and default user " -"settings among your site. However, be aware that in order to use the SOGo" -" Integrator plug in, you will need to repackage it with specific " -"modifications. Please refer to the `documentation published online " -"`_." +"With the `SOGo Integrator plug in `_, your calendars and address books will be automatically " +"discovered when you login in Thunderbird. This plug in can also propagate " +"specific extensions and default user settings among your site. However, be " +"aware that in order to use the SOGo Integrator plug in, you will need to " +"repackage it with specific modifications. Please refer to the `documentation " +"published online `_." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:141 msgid "" -"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access " -"your data." +"If you only use the SOGo Connector plug in, you can still easily access your " +"data." msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:143 @@ -6602,8 +6593,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:147 msgid "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: " -"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Contacts/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" +"Contacts/personal/" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:148 @@ -6632,8 +6623,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:156 msgid "" -"Type the following URL in the URL field: " -"http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/Calendar/personal/" +"Type the following URL in the URL field: http://localhost/SOGo/dav/jdoe/" +"Calendar/personal/" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:157 @@ -6650,9 +6641,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:164 msgid "" -"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav " -"`_ for calendars/contacts" +"IMAP + commercial plugin as `cfos `_ or `outlookdav `_ for calendars/contacts" msgstr "" #: ../../sogo.rst:165 @@ -6713,8 +6704,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:31 msgid "" -"Please avoid enabling third-party repositories and refrain from " -"installing software not covered by the subscription plan" +"Please avoid enabling third-party repositories and refrain from installing " +"software not covered by the subscription plan" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:36 @@ -6723,10 +6714,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:38 msgid "" -"Depending on your subscription type, log in to `my.nethserver.com " -"`_ or `my.nethesis.it " -"`_ and obtain a unique subscription token for the" -" cluster. Follow the portal-documented procedures to obtain it." +"Depending on your subscription type, log in to `my.nethserver.com `_ or `my.nethesis.it `_ and " +"obtain a unique subscription token for the cluster. Follow the portal-" +"documented procedures to obtain it." msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:45 @@ -6737,16 +6728,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once you have copied the token to the clipboard, go to the ``Settings`` " -"page and click the ``Subscription`` card. Paste the token in the " -"``Authentication token`` field, then click the :guilabel:`Register` " -"button." +"Once you have copied the token to the clipboard, go to the ``Settings`` page " +"and click the ``Subscription`` card. Paste the token in the ``Authentication " +"token`` field, then click the :guilabel:`Register` button." msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:53 msgid "" -"If the procedure is successful the Subscription page displays the " -"``System ID``, ``Plan`` type and ``Expiration`` date." +"If the procedure is successful the Subscription page displays the ``System " +"ID``, ``Plan`` type and ``Expiration`` date." msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:60 @@ -6755,30 +6745,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:62 msgid "" -"An overnight scheduled task installs software updates available from " -"managed software repositories. The task runs daily, from Tuesday through " -"Friday, within a randomly selected time slot between midnight and 6 AM. " -"This variability helps distribute the load on the network and servers. " -"Updates concern:" +"An overnight scheduled task installs software updates available from managed " +"software repositories. The task runs daily, from Tuesday through Friday, " +"within a randomly selected time slot between midnight and 6 AM. This " +"variability helps distribute the load on the network and servers. Updates " +"concern:" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:68 msgid "" "**Operating system**: updates are sourced from Nethesis managed " -"repositories, specifically from DNF repositories labeled as ``ns-baseos``" -" and ``ns-appstream``. These repositories provide delayed snapshots of " -"Rocky Linux repositories, aiming to prevent the distribution of updates " -"that may lead to unexpected issues." +"repositories, specifically from DNF repositories labeled as ``ns-baseos`` " +"and ``ns-appstream``. These repositories provide delayed snapshots of Rocky " +"Linux repositories, aiming to prevent the distribution of updates that may " +"lead to unexpected issues." msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:74 msgid "" -"**Core components**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` " -"repository" +"**Core components**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` repository" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:77 -msgid "**Applications**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` repository" +msgid "" +"**Applications**: Updates are fetched from the ``subscription`` repository" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:82 @@ -6808,16 +6798,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:98 msgid "" -"Depending on the subscription type and plan, the ``Subscription`` page " -"can allow starting and controlling a remote support session:" +"Depending on the subscription type and plan, the ``Subscription`` page can " +"allow starting and controlling a remote support session:" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:101 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Start session` to activate a special access for the " -"Nethesis support team. Both SSH and cluster-admin administrative access " -"are granted to the support team. Support connections are routed in a " -"private VPN tunnel." +"Nethesis support team. Both SSH and cluster-admin administrative access are " +"granted to the support team. Support connections are routed in a private VPN " +"tunnel." msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:106 @@ -6834,14 +6824,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:112 msgid "" -"The support session is valid only to reach the leader node. The support " -"team can access worker nodes by starting individual support sessions in " -"the worker nodes. For example, if node 2 is a worker node, this is a " -"command to start a support session for it: ::" +"The support session is valid only to reach the leader node. The support team " +"can access worker nodes by starting individual support sessions in the " +"worker nodes. For example, if node 2 is a worker node, this is a command to " +"start a support session for it: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:119 -msgid "The Session ID is printed to the standard output. To stop the session: ::" +msgid "" +"The Session ID is printed to the standard output. To stop the session: ::" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:123 @@ -6850,9 +6841,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:127 msgid "" -"If a worker node (e.g., node 2) becomes unreachable from the leader node," -" you can manually start a support session for it with the following " -"procedure:" +"If a worker node (e.g., node 2) becomes unreachable from the leader node, " +"you can manually start a support session for it with the following procedure:" msgstr "" #: ../../subscription.rst:131 @@ -6903,15 +6893,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:16 msgid "" -"More nodes can be added later, and when adding a new node, it is " -"recommended to use similar hardware and the same Linux distribution " -"installed on the other nodes." +"More nodes can be added later, and when adding a new node, it is recommended " +"to use similar hardware and the same Linux distribution installed on the " +"other nodes." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:20 msgid "" -"The above requirements must be increased to match users, applications, " -"and load needs." +"The above requirements must be increased to match users, applications, and " +"load needs." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:26 @@ -6920,8 +6910,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:28 msgid "" -"Install NS8 on a clean Linux server distribution, avoiding installation " -"on desktop systems or servers already running other services." +"Install NS8 on a clean Linux server distribution, avoiding installation on " +"desktop systems or servers already running other services." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:31 @@ -6951,8 +6941,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:44 msgid "" "A working internet connection is necessary for the installation, " -"configuration, and updating of the system. It is required also if an " -"active :ref:`subscription ` is in place." +"configuration, and updating of the system. It is required also if an active :" +"ref:`subscription ` is in place." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:48 @@ -6968,32 +6958,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:56 msgid "" "As you are configuring a server, network clients must resolve its fully " -"qualified domain name (FQDN) to a routable IP address with the DNS. This " -"is a requirement to connect with the server. Register the FQDN with DNS " -"record type A for IPv4 addresses, and type AAAA for IPv6 addresses." +"qualified domain name (FQDN) to a routable IP address with the DNS. This is " +"a requirement to connect with the server. Register the FQDN with DNS record " +"type A for IPv4 addresses, and type AAAA for IPv6 addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:61 msgid "" "A correct FQDN and DNS setup is also a requirement for TLS encryption to " -"work properly. Once connected with the server, network clients check if " -"the TLS certificate is valid for the given FQDN." +"work properly. Once connected with the server, network clients check if the " +"TLS certificate is valid for the given FQDN." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:65 msgid "" -"Depending on your server purpose, DNS can be provided by a public " -"internet service, a private network appliance, or even both of them. Read" -" carefully and understand their documentation." +"Depending on your server purpose, DNS can be provided by a public internet " +"service, a private network appliance, or even both of them. Read carefully " +"and understand their documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:69 msgid "" -"Decide the FQDN of your server and register it in the DNS with the server" -" public IP address. A FQDN is composed by the host name prefix (a single " -"word) and the DNS domain suffix. For instance, host name can be " -"``jupiter`` and domain suffix ``example.org``: the resulting FQDN is " -"``jupiter.example.org``." +"Decide the FQDN of your server and register it in the DNS with the server " +"public IP address. A FQDN is composed by the host name prefix (a single " +"word) and the DNS domain suffix. For instance, host name can be ``jupiter`` " +"and domain suffix ``example.org``: the resulting FQDN is ``jupiter.example." +"org``." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:79 @@ -7018,23 +7008,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:93 msgid "" -"the worker node must resolve the leader FQDN to the correct routable " -"address" +"the worker node must resolve the leader FQDN to the correct routable address" msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:96 msgid "" -"the HTTPS server (TCP port 443) at that address must handle the API " -"request" +"the HTTPS server (TCP port 443) at that address must handle the API request" msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:99 msgid "" -"the API server response contains the leader ``VPN endpoint``: it is a " -"host address with a UDP port number used to set up a Wireguard VPN. The " -"VPN endpoint is configured during the :ref:`cluster creation ` procedure. Ensure it is not blocked by other network " -"appliances." +"the API server response contains the leader ``VPN endpoint``: it is a host " +"address with a UDP port number used to set up a Wireguard VPN. The VPN " +"endpoint is configured during the :ref:`cluster creation ` procedure. Ensure it is not blocked by other network appliances." msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:107 @@ -7043,9 +7030,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../system_requirements.rst:109 msgid "" -"To access the cluster administration web user interface, you need an up-" -"to-date release of Firefox, Chrome, or Chromium browser as the web " -"client." +"To access the cluster administration web user interface, you need an up-to-" +"date release of Firefox, Chrome, or Chromium browser as the web client." msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:5 @@ -7078,9 +7064,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster" -" status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-" -"section`." +"You can see if there are any available updates by accessing the ``Cluster " +"status`` page. Updates are applied from the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:23 @@ -7093,8 +7078,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:27 msgid "" -"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that" -" manage the containers and backup engines" +"``core`` contains the web user interface, the API server, the agents that " +"manage the containers and backup engines" msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:28 @@ -7125,16 +7110,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:35 msgid "" -"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version " -"mismatch." +"Core module updates are always applied altogether to avoid version mismatch." msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:37 msgid "" -"When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of " -"``Updates`` tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on " -"``Update details`` to see the list of modules that require an update. " -"Click on :guilabel:`Update core` button to apply the updates." +"When a core update is available, it will be listed on the top of ``Updates`` " +"tab inside the :ref:`software_center-section`. Click on ``Update details`` " +"to see the list of modules that require an update. Click on :guilabel:" +"`Update core` button to apply the updates." msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:43 @@ -7143,24 +7127,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:45 msgid "" -"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of " -":ref:`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for " -"each application with available updates." +"The list of available updates is listed inside the ``Updates`` tab of :ref:" +"`software_center-section`. The software center displays a card for each " +"application with available updates." msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:48 msgid "" -"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all " -"apps` button." +"You can apply all module updates by clicking the :guilabel:`Update all apps` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../updates.rst:50 msgid "" -"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will" -" see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " +"By clicking the ``Update details`` link on the application card, you will " +"see all module instances that require an update. You can update each " "instance separately by clicking on the :guilabel:`Update` button. If you " -"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click " -":guilabel:`Update all instances` button." +"prefer to update all instances of the same module, just click :guilabel:" +"`Update all instances` button." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:5 @@ -7170,9 +7154,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:7 msgid "" "Users and groups are stored in an LDAP database, served by one **account " -"provider module**. Multiple modules can work together to serve the same " -"LDAP database as replicas. An LDAP database represents an account " -"**domain**." +"provider module**. Multiple modules can work together to serve the same LDAP " +"database as replicas. An LDAP database represents an account **domain**." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:12 @@ -7194,19 +7177,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:19 msgid "" -"Besides choosing to bind an external provider or install an internal one," -" the administrator has to decide which backend type suits his needs. The " -"*File server* application can authenticate SMB/CIFS clients only when " -"using an Active Directory domain. On the other hand, the internal " -"OpenLDAP provider is easier to install and configure. In the end, if the " -"SMB file sharing protocol support is not required, an LDAP provider is " -"the best choice." +"Besides choosing to bind an external provider or install an internal one, " +"the administrator has to decide which backend type suits his needs. The " +"*File server* application can authenticate SMB/CIFS clients only when using " +"an Active Directory domain. On the other hand, the internal OpenLDAP " +"provider is easier to install and configure. In the end, if the SMB file " +"sharing protocol support is not required, an LDAP provider is the best " +"choice." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:28 msgid "" -"Also note that you can host multiple OpenLDAP instances on the same node," -" while you can install only one Samba instance per node." +"Also note that you can host multiple OpenLDAP instances on the same node, " +"while you can install only one Samba instance per node." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:34 @@ -7215,8 +7198,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:36 msgid "" -"To install a new user domain with a local Samba Active Directory as " -"provider:" +"To install a new user domain with a local Samba Active Directory as provider:" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:38 ../../user_domains.rst:109 @@ -7229,7 +7211,8 @@ msgid "click on :guilabel:`Create domain` button and choose ``Internal``" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:40 -msgid "select ``Samba`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" +msgid "" +"select ``Samba`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:42 ../../user_domains.rst:113 @@ -7240,28 +7223,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:44 msgid "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. It defines the " -"DNS suffix of the new domain. The Domain Controller (DC) acts as an " -"authoritative DNS server for that domain. If unsure, keep the proposed " -"value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. It defines the DNS " +"suffix of the new domain. The Domain Controller (DC) acts as an " +"authoritative DNS server for that domain. If unsure, keep the proposed value." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:47 msgid "" -"``NetBIOS domain``: a valid `NetBIOS " -"`_ domain (also known as \"domain " -"short name\", \"NT domain name\"), it is the alternative Active Directory" -" domain identifier, compatible with older clients. Maximum length is 15 " -"ASCII characters. If unsure, keep the proposed value." +"``NetBIOS domain``: a valid `NetBIOS `_ domain (also known as \"domain short name\", \"NT domain name\"), " +"it is the alternative Active Directory domain identifier, compatible with " +"older clients. Maximum length is 15 ASCII characters. If unsure, keep the " +"proposed value." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:51 msgid "" "``Samba admin username`` and ``Samba admin password``: set the initial " -"administrative account credentials; it is possible to use " -"``administrator`` (default) or any other user name. In the latter case, " -"the given user name is added to the ``Domain Admins`` group, whilst " -"``administrator`` user is disabled and a random password is set on it" +"administrative account credentials; it is possible to use ``administrator`` " +"(default) or any other user name. In the latter case, the given user name " +"is added to the ``Domain Admins`` group, whilst ``administrator`` user is " +"disabled and a random password is set on it" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:57 @@ -7272,25 +7254,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:59 msgid "" -"``Provide file shares and authentication to Windows clients``. If enabled" -" the DC shared folders are accessible from the local network. Only one DC" -" of the Active Directory domain can offer shared folders, authentication " -"and DNS services. See :ref:`File server ` for more " -"information." +"``Provide file shares and authentication to Windows clients``. If enabled " +"the DC shared folders are accessible from the local network. Only one DC of " +"the Active Directory domain can offer shared folders, authentication and DNS " +"services. See :ref:`File server ` for more information." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:67 msgid "" -"Apart from the administrative credentials, other Active Directory " -"parameters cannot be changed once that the domain has been created" +"Apart from the administrative credentials, other Active Directory parameters " +"cannot be changed once that the domain has been created" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:70 msgid "" -"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. " -"You can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, " -":ref:`add a replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind " -"settings ` to connect an external application." +"At the end, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " +"can now :ref:`manage users and groups `, :ref:`add a " +"replica ` or copy the :ref:`bind settings " +"` to connect an external application." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:75 @@ -7299,9 +7280,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:77 msgid "" -"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is " -"a good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. " -"The AD sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." +"An Active Directory domain requires a reserved DNS domain to work. It is a " +"good choice to allocate a sub-domain of the public DNS domain for it. The AD " +"sub-domain can be accessed only from local networks." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:81 @@ -7326,15 +7307,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:90 msgid "" -"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain " -"which is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" +"When choosing a domain for Active Directory use an *internal* domain which " +"is a sub-domain of the *external* domain [#MsDnsBestPratices]_" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:93 msgid "" "https://social.technet.microsoft.com/wiki/contents/articles/34981.active-" -"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-" -"names.aspx#Recommendation" +"directory-best-practices-for-internal-domain-and-network-names." +"aspx#Recommendation" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:95 @@ -7346,8 +7327,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:99 msgid "" -"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in " -"``/etc/resolv.conf`` for name resolution request forwarding." +"The domain controller inherits the node DNS settings in ``/etc/resolv.conf`` " +"for name resolution request forwarding." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:105 @@ -7360,14 +7341,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:111 msgid "" -"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install " -"provider`" +"select ``OpenLDAP`` on the dialog box and click :guilabel:`Install provider`" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:115 msgid "" -"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep " -"the proposed value." +"``Domain``: the user domain, it should be a valid FQDN. If unsure, keep the " +"proposed value." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:116 @@ -7378,9 +7358,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:118 msgid "" -"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You " -"can now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add" -" a replica `." +"Finally, you will see a new user domain with one connected provider. You can " +"now :ref:`manage users and groups ` or :ref:`add a " +"replica `." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:121 @@ -7399,10 +7379,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:131 msgid "" -"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting " -"the ``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the " -":guilabel:`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with " -"the installation." +"You can add a replica from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " +"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu. Then click the :guilabel:" +"`Add provider` button, select the target node and proceed with the " +"installation." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:134 @@ -7411,8 +7391,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:136 msgid "" -"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore" -" Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " +"Active Directory provider does not replicate the SysVol volume. Therefore " +"Microsoft's Group Policy Object (GPO) will not be synchronized between " "replicas." msgstr "" @@ -7422,23 +7402,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:144 msgid "" -"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory " -"provider." +"External applications can connect only to a local Active Directory provider." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:146 msgid "" -"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client " -"and, if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows " -"client access." +"Binding is the process where the LDAP server authenticates the client and, " +"if the client is successfully authenticated, the server allows client access." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:149 msgid "" -"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 " -"user domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the " -"``Configuration`` link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are " -"displayed on the top of the page." +"Many applications may require to be bound to an existing NethServer 8 user " +"domain. Bind settings can be accessed by selecting the ``Configuration`` " +"link from the three-dots menu: user domain details are displayed on the top " +"of the page." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:156 @@ -7463,8 +7441,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:165 msgid "" -"In the end, you will be able to bind locally installed applications with " -"the external LDAP server." +"In the end, you will be able to bind locally installed applications with the " +"external LDAP server." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:170 @@ -7473,11 +7451,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:172 msgid "" -"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password " -"complexity and the password expiration time. You can configure the " -"password policy from the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the " -"interested domain and clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the " -"three-dots menu of the ``Password`` card." +"The password policy is a set of rules that defines the password complexity " +"and the password expiration time. You can configure the password policy from " +"the ``Domains and users`` page by selecting the interested domain and " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit password policy` from the three-dots menu of the " +"``Password`` card." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:174 @@ -7496,16 +7474,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:181 msgid "" -"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass " -"before a new password change." +"``Minimum password age``: the minimum number of days that must pass before a " +"new password change." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:182 msgid "" "``Maximum password age``: password expiration time in days. After this " "period, the password is no longer valid for logins and must be changed. " -"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-" -"portal-section`." +"Users can change their expired password with :ref:`user-management-portal-" +"section`." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:185 @@ -7532,14 +7510,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:191 msgid "" -"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see " -"note for more details." +"``Enforce password complexity``: enforce use of complex password, see note " +"for more details." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:193 msgid "" -"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of " -"the following rules:" +"A password is considered complex if it is long enough and meets three of the " +"following rules:" msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:195 @@ -7560,10 +7538,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:200 msgid "" -"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit " -"password policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do " -"not affect old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes" -" are retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." +"After editing the password policy, you can click on :guilabel:`Edit password " +"policy` button to save the changes. Strength setting changes do not affect " +"old passwords: they are valid from now on. Age setting changes are " +"retroactive and are applied to already set passwords, too." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:205 @@ -7639,8 +7617,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:238 msgid "" -"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref" -":`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." +"The portal is automatically configured on every instance of :ref:" +"`active_directory-section` or :ref:`openldap-section` provider." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:240 @@ -7650,8 +7628,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:244 msgid "" "Where ```` is the FQDN of the node where the provider is and " -"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring " -"the domain." +"```` is the name of the domain provided while configuring the " +"domain." msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:246 @@ -7666,11 +7644,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../user_domains.rst:250 msgid "" -"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User " -"Management`` page, where they can proceed to change the password. The " -"password must comply with the domain password policy during this process." -" The list of applications where the new password is effective is " -"displayed next to the password changing form." +"If the login is successful, the user is directed to the ``User Management`` " +"page, where they can proceed to change the password. The password must " +"comply with the domain password policy during this process. The list of " +"applications where the new password is effective is displayed next to the " +"password changing form." msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:5 @@ -7679,21 +7657,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:7 msgid "" -"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web " -"server with `PHP `_ programming language and " -"`SFTPGo `_ to upload files." +"This application installs the `Nginx `_ web server " +"with `PHP `_ programming language and `SFTPGo `_ to upload files." msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:11 msgid "" -"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the " -":ref:`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebServer instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:18 msgid "" -"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, " -"eg. ``/sftpgo``" +"access the application ``Settings`` page and enter the path for SFTPGo, eg. " +"``/sftpgo``" msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:19 @@ -7702,9 +7680,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:26 msgid "" -"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the " -"``https:///``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of" -" SFTPGo are:" +"The SFTPGo instance will be available at the ``https:///" +"``. Default credentials for ``Web Admin`` of SFTPGo are:" msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:35 @@ -7713,9 +7690,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:37 msgid "" -"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site " -"inside the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on " -":guilabel:`Create a virtual host` button." +"You can host multiple sites by creating a virtual host for each site inside " +"the ``Virtual hosts`` page. To create a virtual host click on :guilabel:" +"`Create a virtual host` button." msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:40 @@ -7726,8 +7703,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webserver.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload " -"files to your virtual host." +"You can now use the SFTPGo web interface, or a sFTP client, to upload files " +"to your virtual host." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:5 @@ -7736,35 +7713,35 @@ msgstr "WebTop groupware" #: ../../webtop.rst:7 msgid "" -"WebTop is a full-featured groupware which implements ActiveSync, CalDAV " -"and CardDAV protocols." +"WebTop is a full-featured groupware which implements ActiveSync, CalDAV and " +"CardDAV protocols." msgstr "" -"WebTop è un groupware completo che implementa Protocolli ActiveSync, " -"CalDAV e CardDAV." +"WebTop è un groupware completo che implementa Protocolli ActiveSync, CalDAV " +"e CardDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:9 msgid "" -"You can install multiple WebTop instances on the same node from the :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"You can install multiple WebTop instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." msgstr "" -"È possibile installare più istanze WebTop sullo stesso nodo dal :ref" -":`software_center-section`." +"È possibile installare più istanze WebTop sullo stesso nodo dal :ref:" +"`software_center-section`." #: ../../webtop.rst:14 msgid "" -"WebTop needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like " -"``webtop.nethserver.org``." +"WebTop needs a dedicated virtual host, an FQDN like ``webtop.nethserver." +"org``." msgstr "" -"WebTop ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come " -"``webtop.nethserver.org``." +"WebTop ha bisogno di un host virtuale dedicato, un FQDN come ``webtop." +"nethserver.org``." #: ../../webtop.rst:21 msgid "" "access the application configuration page and enter a valid FQDN inside " "``WebTop virtual host`` field" msgstr "" -"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un " -"FQDN valido all'interno del campo ``Host virtuale WebTop (FQDN)``" +"accedere alla pagina di configurazione dell'applicazione e inserire un FQDN " +"valido all'interno del campo ``Host virtuale WebTop (FQDN)``" #: ../../webtop.rst:22 msgid "enable ``Request Let's Encrypt certificate``" @@ -7782,7 +7759,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:27 msgid "Inside the ``Advanced`` section, you can also configure:" -msgstr "All'interno della sezione ``Avanzate``, è inoltre possibile configurare:" +msgstr "" +"All'interno della sezione ``Avanzate``, è inoltre possibile configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:29 msgid "the debug mode" @@ -7802,11 +7780,11 @@ msgstr "Autenticazione" #: ../../webtop.rst:36 msgid "" -"Always use the full user name format ``@`` for login to the" -" web application and Active Sync." +"Always use the full user name format ``@`` for login to the " +"web application and Active Sync." msgstr "" -"Utilizzare sempre il formato completo del nome utente " -"``@`` per accedere all'applicazione web e Active Sync." +"Utilizzare sempre il formato completo del nome utente ``@`` " +"per accedere all'applicazione web e Active Sync." #: ../../webtop.rst:39 ../../webtop.rst:74 msgid "**Example**" @@ -7830,11 +7808,11 @@ msgstr "Login: goofy@mightydomain.com" #: ../../webtop.rst:47 msgid "" -"Active Sync protocol is supported only on Android and iOS devices. " -"Outlook is not supported." +"Active Sync protocol is supported only on Android and iOS devices. Outlook " +"is not supported." msgstr "" -"Il protocollo Active Sync è supportato solo su dispositivi Android e iOS." -" Outlook non è supportato." +"Il protocollo Active Sync è supportato solo su dispositivi Android e iOS. " +"Outlook non è supportato." #: ../../webtop.rst:54 msgid "Admin user" @@ -7842,16 +7820,16 @@ msgstr "Utente amministratore" #: ../../webtop.rst:56 msgid "" -"After installation, WebTop will be accessible using the administrator " -"user. The administrator user can change global settings and login as any " -"other user, however, it's not a system user and can't access any other " -"service like Mail, Calendar, etc." +"After installation, WebTop will be accessible using the administrator user. " +"The administrator user can change global settings and login as any other " +"user, however, it's not a system user and can't access any other service " +"like Mail, Calendar, etc." msgstr "" "Dopo l'installazione, WebTop sarà accessibile utilizzando l'utente " "amministratore. L'utente amministratore può modificare le impostazioni " -"globali e accedere come qualsiasi altro utente, tuttavia, non è un utente" -" di sistema e non può accedere a qualsiasi altro servizio come Posta, " -"Calendari, ecc." +"globali e accedere come qualsiasi altro utente, tuttavia, non è un utente di " +"sistema e non può accedere a qualsiasi altro servizio come Posta, Calendari, " +"ecc." #: ../../webtop.rst:60 msgid "Default credentials are:" @@ -7875,13 +7853,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:68 msgid "Remember to change the admin password after installation!" -msgstr "Ricorda di cambiare la password di amministratore dopo l'installazione!" +msgstr "" +"Ricorda di cambiare la password di amministratore dopo l'installazione!" #: ../../webtop.rst:71 msgid "" "To check the mail of the system's user admin account use the following " -"login: admin@ where ```` is the domain part of server " -"FQDN." +"login: admin@ where ```` is the domain part of server FQDN." msgstr "" "Per controllare la posta dell'account admin di sistema, utilizzare il " "seguente login: admin@ dove ```` è il TLD dell'FQDN." @@ -7900,12 +7878,12 @@ msgstr "Cambiare password di admin" #: ../../webtop.rst:85 msgid "" -"Access WebTop using the ``admin`` user, then open user settings by " -"clicking on the |hamburger| menu in the top-right corner." +"Access WebTop using the ``admin`` user, then open user settings by clicking " +"on the |hamburger| menu in the top-right corner." msgstr "" "Accedere a WebTop utilizzando l'utente ``admin``, quindi aprire le " -"impostazioni dell'utente facendo clic sul menu |hamburger| nell'angolo in" -" alto a destra." +"impostazioni dell'utente facendo clic sul menu |hamburger| nell'angolo in " +"alto a destra." #: ../../webtop.rst:83 msgid "hamburger" @@ -7923,14 +7901,13 @@ msgstr "Modifica del logo" #: ../../webtop.rst:93 msgid "" -"To modify and customize the initial logo that appears on the login page " -"of WebTop, you must upload the custom image file on the public images of " -"the admin user and rename it ``login.png``." +"To modify and customize the initial logo that appears on the login page of " +"WebTop, you must upload the custom image file on the public images of the " +"admin user and rename it ``login.png``." msgstr "" -"Per modificare e personalizzare il logo iniziale che appare nella pagina " -"di login di WebTop, è necessario caricare il file immagine personalizzato" -" sulle immagini pubbliche dell'utente amministratore e rinominarlo " -"``login.png``." +"Per modificare e personalizzare il logo iniziale che appare nella pagina di " +"login di WebTop, è necessario caricare il file immagine personalizzato sulle " +"immagini pubbliche dell'utente amministratore e rinominarlo ``login.png``." #: ../../webtop.rst:96 msgid "Proceed as follows:" @@ -7957,8 +7934,8 @@ msgid "" "rename the loaded image so that its name is **\"login.png\"** (use right " "click -> Rename):" msgstr "" -"rinominare l'immagine caricata in modo che il suo nome sia " -"**\"login.png\"** (usare click destro -> Rinominare):" +"rinominare l'immagine caricata in modo che il suo nome sia **\"login.png\"** " +"(usare click destro -> Rinominare):" #: ../../webtop.rst:110 msgid "the next login will show the new logo on the login page" @@ -7973,14 +7950,14 @@ msgid "" "Most user settings can be directly managed by the user itself via the " "settings menu. Locked settings require administrative privileges." msgstr "" -"La maggior parte delle impostazioni utente può essere gestita " -"direttamente dall'utente stesso tramite il menu delle impostazioni. Le " -"impostazioni bloccate richiedono privilegi amministrativi." +"La maggior parte delle impostazioni utente può essere gestita direttamente " +"dall'utente stesso tramite il menu delle impostazioni. Le impostazioni " +"bloccate richiedono privilegi amministrativi." #: ../../webtop.rst:118 msgid "" -"The administrator can :index:`impersonate` users, to check existing " -"accounts using special login credentials:" +"The administrator can :index:`impersonate` users, to check existing accounts " +"using special login credentials:" msgstr "" "L'amministratore può :index:`impersonare` utenti, per controllare gli " "account esistenti utilizzando credenziali di login speciali:" @@ -7996,22 +7973,22 @@ msgstr "**Password**: ````" #: ../../webtop.rst:123 msgid "" "While impersonating you receive similar user privileges, allowing you to " -"control exactly what the user can see. Full administration of user " -"settings is available directly in the administration interface, by right-" -"clicking on a user: the settings menu will open the full user settings " -"panel, with all options unlocked." -msgstr "" -"Mentre si assume l'identità di un utente si ricevono gli stessi privilegi" -" dell'utente, avendo la possibilità di controllare ciò che l'utente può " -"vedere. La gestione completa delle impostazioni dell'utente è disponibile" -" direttamente nell'interfaccia di amministrazione, cliccando con il " -"pulsante destro del mouse su un utente: il menu impostazioni aprirà il " -"pannello delle impostazioni complete dell'utente, con tutte le opzioni " -"sbloccate." +"control exactly what the user can see. Full administration of user settings " +"is available directly in the administration interface, by right-clicking on " +"a user: the settings menu will open the full user settings panel, with all " +"options unlocked." +msgstr "" +"Mentre si assume l'identità di un utente si ricevono gli stessi privilegi " +"dell'utente, avendo la possibilità di controllare ciò che l'utente può " +"vedere. La gestione completa delle impostazioni dell'utente è disponibile " +"direttamente nell'interfaccia di amministrazione, cliccando con il pulsante " +"destro del mouse su un utente: il menu impostazioni aprirà il pannello delle " +"impostazioni complete dell'utente, con tutte le opzioni sbloccate." #: ../../webtop.rst:126 msgid "You can also change the email of all selected users:" -msgstr "È inoltre possibile modificare l'email di tutti gli utenti selezionati:" +msgstr "" +"È inoltre possibile modificare l'email di tutti gli utenti selezionati:" #: ../../webtop.rst:128 msgid "select the users (Click + CTRL for multiple selection)" @@ -8020,26 +7997,26 @@ msgstr "selezionare gli utenti (Click + CTRL per la selezione multipla)" #: ../../webtop.rst:129 msgid "right-click on :guilabel:`Bulk update email domain`" msgstr "" -"cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse su :guilabel:`Aggiorna il " -"dominio email`" +"cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse su :guilabel:`Aggiorna il dominio " +"email`" #: ../../webtop.rst:134 msgid "" "WebTop supports :index:`two factor authentication`. The user can choose " "between:" msgstr "" -"WebTop supporta :index:`two factor Authentication`. L'utente può " -"scegliere tra:" +"WebTop supporta :index:`two factor Authentication`. L'utente può scegliere " +"tra:" #: ../../webtop.rst:137 msgid "" -"Google Authenticator app (`Android " -"`_," -" `iOS `_)" +"Google Authenticator app (`Android `_, `iOS `_)" msgstr "" -"App di Google Authenticator (`Android " -"`_," -" `iOS `_, `iOS `_." +"Access your :index:`iOS device`, navigate to Settings and add an Exchange " +"account following the `official guide `_." msgstr "" "Accedi al tuo :index:`iOS device`, naviga su Impostazioni e aggiungi un " -"account Exchange seguendo la `guida ufficiale `_." +"account Exchange seguendo la `guida ufficiale `_." #: ../../webtop.rst:159 ../../webtop.rst:177 msgid "Fill the required fields with:" @@ -8099,14 +8074,13 @@ msgstr "Compila i campi richiesti con:" #: ../../webtop.rst:161 msgid "**E-mail**: add your mail address, eg: goofy@nethserver.org" msgstr "" -"**E-mail**: aggiungi il tuo indirizzo email, ad esempio: " -"goofy@nethserver.org" +"**E-mail**: aggiungi il tuo indirizzo email, ad esempio: goofy@nethserver.org" #: ../../webtop.rst:162 msgid "**Server**: add your server public name, eg: mail.nethserver.org" msgstr "" -"**Server**: aggiungi il nome pubblico del tuo server, ad esempio: " -"mail.nethserver.org" +"**Server**: aggiungi il nome pubblico del tuo server, ad esempio: mail." +"nethserver.org" #: ../../webtop.rst:163 msgid "**Domain**: leave blank" @@ -8124,11 +8098,11 @@ msgstr "**Password**: inserire la password" #: ../../webtop.rst:169 msgid "" -"iOS devices require a valid SSL certificate on the server. See :ref" -":`certificate_manager-section`" +"iOS devices require a valid SSL certificate on the server. See :ref:" +"`certificate_manager-section`" msgstr "" -"i dispositivi iOS richiedono un certificato SSL valido sul server. Vedi " -":ref:`certificate_manager-section`" +"i dispositivi iOS richiedono un certificato SSL valido sul server. Vedi :ref:" +"`certificate_manager-section`" #: ../../webtop.rst:173 ../../webtop.rst:254 msgid "Google Android" @@ -8136,8 +8110,8 @@ msgstr "Google Android" #: ../../webtop.rst:175 msgid "" -"Access your :index:`Android device`, navigate to Settings, then select " -":guilabel:`Add account` -> :guilabel:`Exchange` (or `Company` for older " +"Access your :index:`Android device`, navigate to Settings, then select :" +"guilabel:`Add account` -> :guilabel:`Exchange` (or `Company` for older " "releases)." msgstr "" "Accedi al tuo :index:`Android device`, naviga nelle Impostazioni, quindi " @@ -8147,26 +8121,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:182 msgid "" "Then select :guilabel:`Manual configuration` and change the name of the " -"*Server* field accordingly to your server public name. Finally, if you " -"have a self-signed certificate on your server, make sure to select " -":guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accept all certificates)` option." +"*Server* field accordingly to your server public name. Finally, if you have " +"a self-signed certificate on your server, make sure to select :guilabel:`SSL/" +"TLS (accept all certificates)` option." msgstr "" -"Quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Configurazione manuale` e modificare il " -"nome del campo *Server* con il nome pubblico del server. Infine, se hai " -"un certificato autofirmato sul tuo server, assicurati di selezionare " -"l'opzione :guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accetta tutti i certificati)`." +"Quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Configurazione manuale` e modificare il nome " +"del campo *Server* con il nome pubblico del server. Infine, se hai un " +"certificato autofirmato sul tuo server, assicurati di selezionare l'opzione :" +"guilabel:`SSL/TLS (accetta tutti i certificati)`." #: ../../webtop.rst:188 msgid "" -"On some Android releases (notably Samsung), the User name and Domain must" -" be entered in the same line. In this case, leave blank the field before " -"the backslash character ``\\``, and enter the user name in the following " -"format: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" +"On some Android releases (notably Samsung), the User name and Domain must be " +"entered in the same line. In this case, leave blank the field before the " +"backslash character ``\\``, and enter the user name in the following format: " +"``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" msgstr "" "Su alcune versioni Android (in particolare Samsung), il nome utente e il " -"dominio devono essere inseriti nella stessa riga. In questo caso, " -"lasciare vuoto il campo prima del carattere backslash ``\\``, e inserire " -"il nome utente nel seguente formato: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" +"dominio devono essere inseriti nella stessa riga. In questo caso, lasciare " +"vuoto il campo prima del carattere backslash ``\\``, e inserire il nome " +"utente nel seguente formato: ``\\goofy@nethserver.org``" #: ../../webtop.rst:192 msgid "Multiple calendars and contacts" @@ -8174,11 +8148,11 @@ msgstr "Calendario e contatti multipli" #: ../../webtop.rst:194 msgid "" -"Shared calendars and address books can be synchronized using the " -"ActiveSync protocol." +"Shared calendars and address books can be synchronized using the ActiveSync " +"protocol." msgstr "" -"I calendari e i contatti condivisi possono essere sincronizzati " -"utilizzando il protocollo ActiveSync." +"I calendari e i contatti condivisi possono essere sincronizzati utilizzando " +"il protocollo ActiveSync." #: ../../webtop.rst:196 msgid "" @@ -8187,18 +8161,18 @@ msgid "" "synchronized." msgstr "" "Le risorse condivise vengono visualizzate con il nome e la categoria del " -"proprietario. Il numero tra parentesi quadrate è l'ID interno. Gli eventi" -" privati non sono sincronizzati." +"proprietario. Il numero tra parentesi quadrate è l'ID interno. Gli eventi " +"privati non sono sincronizzati." #: ../../webtop.rst:199 msgid "" "Mobile devices based on Apple iOS fully support folders/categories for " -"calendars, contacts and activities (called reminders), including original" -" colors." +"calendars, contacts and activities (called reminders), including original " +"colors." msgstr "" -"Dispositivi mobili basati su Apple iOS supportano completamente " -"cartelle/categorie per calendari, contatti e attività (chiamati " -"promemoria), compresi i colori originali." +"Dispositivi mobili basati su Apple iOS supportano completamente cartelle/" +"categorie per calendari, contatti e attività (chiamati promemoria), compresi " +"i colori originali." #: ../../webtop.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -8207,8 +8181,8 @@ msgid "" "items will have the same color." msgstr "" "I dispositivi mobili basati sul Android supportano solo calendari e " -"contatti, le attività non sono supportate. Utilizzando l'applicazione " -"Google Calendar tutti gli elementi avranno lo stesso colore." +"contatti, le attività non sono supportate. Utilizzando l'applicazione Google " +"Calendar tutti gli elementi avranno lo stesso colore." #: ../../webtop.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -8216,29 +8190,28 @@ msgid "" "application, you can change the colors associated with each calendar, " "including shared ones." msgstr "" -"Installazione e utilizzo dell'applicazione `CloudCal " -"`_, è possibile modificare i colori " -"associati a ciascun calendario, compresi quelli condivisi." +"Installazione e utilizzo dell'applicazione `CloudCal `_, è possibile modificare i colori associati a ciascun " +"calendario, compresi quelli condivisi." #: ../../webtop.rst:207 msgid "" "On Android devices, contacts from shared phone books are merged with the " -"personal phone book and displayed in a single view. Contacts can be " -"modified and changes will be saved in the original source." +"personal phone book and displayed in a single view. Contacts can be modified " +"and changes will be saved in the original source." msgstr "" -"Su dispositivi Android, i contatti da rubriche condivise vengono uniti " -"con la rubrica personale e visualizzati in una sola vista. I contatti " -"possono essere modificati e le modifiche verranno salvate nella sorgente " -"originale." +"Su dispositivi Android, i contatti da rubriche condivise vengono uniti con " +"la rubrica personale e visualizzati in una sola vista. I contatti possono " +"essere modificati e le modifiche verranno salvate nella sorgente originale." #: ../../webtop.rst:212 msgid "" "In order to receive data via EAS on mobile devices, shared resources " -"(Calendars and Contacts) should have synchronization enabled (Full or " -"Read-only):" +"(Calendars and Contacts) should have synchronization enabled (Full or Read-" +"only):" msgstr "" -"Al fine di ricevere i dati tramite EAS sui dispositivi mobili, le risorse" -" condivise (Calendari e contatti) dovrebbero avere attivato la " +"Al fine di ricevere i dati tramite EAS sui dispositivi mobili, le risorse " +"condivise (Calendari e contatti) dovrebbero avere attivato la " "sincronizzazione (con permessi completi o in sola lettura):" #: ../../webtop.rst @@ -8255,8 +8228,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:220 msgid "" -"To do so, just right-click on the shared resource " -":menuselection:`Customize → Devices sync.`:" +"To do so, just right-click on the shared resource :menuselection:`Customize " +"→ Devices sync.`:" msgstr "" "Per farlo, basta cliccare con il pulsante destro del mouse sulla risorsa " "condivisa :menuselection:`Personalizza → Sincr. Dispositivi`:" @@ -8275,33 +8248,33 @@ msgstr "Sincronizzazione CalDAV e CardDAV" #: ../../webtop.rst:230 msgid "" -"Calendars and address books can be synchronized also through the " -":index:`CalDAV and CardDAV protocols`." +"Calendars and address books can be synchronized also through the :index:" +"`CalDAV and CardDAV protocols`." msgstr "" -"I calendari e le rubriche possono essere sincronizzate anche attraverso i" -" protocolli :index:`CalDAV e CardDAV`." +"I calendari e le rubriche possono essere sincronizzate anche attraverso i " +"protocolli :index:`CalDAV e CardDAV`." #: ../../webtop.rst:232 msgid "" -"To synchronize a calendar, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on the" -" calendar and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this calendar`, then use it " -"to configure your third-party client." +"To synchronize a calendar, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on the " +"calendar and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this calendar`, then use it to " +"configure your third-party client." msgstr "" -"Per sincronizzare un calendario, selezionare il link ``URL`` facendo clic" -" con il tasto destro del mouse sul calendario e selezionando " -":guilabel:`Collegamenti al calendario`, quindi utilizzarlo per " -"configurare il client di terze parti." +"Per sincronizzare un calendario, selezionare il link ``URL`` facendo clic " +"con il tasto destro del mouse sul calendario e selezionando :guilabel:" +"`Collegamenti al calendario`, quindi utilizzarlo per configurare il client " +"di terze parti." #: ../../webtop.rst:235 msgid "" -"To synchronize an address book, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking " -"on the address book and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this address book`," -" then use it to configure your third-party client." +"To synchronize an address book, pick up its ``URL`` link right-clicking on " +"the address book and selecting :guilabel:`Links to this address book`, then " +"use it to configure your third-party client." msgstr "" -"Per sincronizzare una rubrica, selezionare il link ``URL``` facendo clic " -"con il pulsante destro del mouse sulla rubrica e selezionando " -":guilabel:`Collegamenti alla rubrica`, quindi usarlo per configurare il " -"client di terze parti." +"Per sincronizzare una rubrica, selezionare il link ``URL``` facendo clic con " +"il pulsante destro del mouse sulla rubrica e selezionando :guilabel:" +"`Collegamenti alla rubrica`, quindi usarlo per configurare il client di " +"terze parti." #: ../../webtop.rst:238 msgid "To authenticate, provide your credentials in the following form:" @@ -8317,38 +8290,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some third-party clients allow simplifying the configuration through the " "*auto-discovery* feature that automatically discovers the synchronizable " -"resources, as in the case of mobile devices (i.e. Android or iOS " -"devices)." +"resources, as in the case of mobile devices (i.e. Android or iOS devices)." msgstr "" -"Alcuni client di terze parti permettono di semplificare la configurazione" -" tramite la funzione *auto-discovery* che scopre automaticamente le " -"risorse sincronizzabili, come nel caso dei dispositivi mobili (ad esempio" -" dispositivi Android o iOS)." +"Alcuni client di terze parti permettono di semplificare la configurazione " +"tramite la funzione *auto-discovery* che scopre automaticamente le risorse " +"sincronizzabili, come nel caso dei dispositivi mobili (ad esempio " +"dispositivi Android o iOS)." #: ../../webtop.rst:249 msgid "" -"If you are using clients that do not support auto-discovery, you need to " -"use the full URL: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" +"If you are using clients that do not support auto-discovery, you need to use " +"the full URL: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" msgstr "" -"Se si utilizzano client che non supportano l'auto-discovery, è necessario" -" utilizzare l'URL completo: ``https:///webtop-" -"dav/server.php``" +"Se si utilizzano client che non supportano l'auto-discovery, è necessario " +"utilizzare l'URL completo: ``https:///webtop-dav/server.php``" #: ../../webtop.rst:251 msgid "" -"If you are using clients that support auto-discovery use the URL: " -"``https://``" +"If you are using clients that support auto-discovery use the URL: ``https://" +"``" msgstr "" -"Se si utilizzano client che supportano l'auto-discovery utilizzare l'URL:" -" ``https://``" +"Se si utilizzano client che supportano l'auto-discovery utilizzare l'URL: " +"``https://``" #: ../../webtop.rst:256 msgid "" -"A good, free, Android third-party client is `Opensync " -"`_." +"A good, free, Android third-party client is `Opensync `_." msgstr "" -"Un buon client di terze parti Android è `Opensync " -"`_ ." +"Un buon client di terze parti Android è `Opensync `_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:258 msgid "install the suggested app from the store" @@ -8356,11 +8327,11 @@ msgstr "installare l'app suggerita dallo store" #: ../../webtop.rst:259 msgid "" -"add a new account clicking on :guilabel:`+` key and select " -":guilabel:`Login with URL and username` method" +"add a new account clicking on :guilabel:`+` key and select :guilabel:`Login " +"with URL and username` method" msgstr "" -"aggiungere un nuovo account cliccando sul :guilabel:`+` e selezionare " -":guilabel:`Login con URL e username`" +"aggiungere un nuovo account cliccando sul :guilabel:`+` e selezionare :" +"guilabel:`Login con URL e username`" #: ../../webtop.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -8371,7 +8342,8 @@ msgstr "" "*goofy@nethserver.org*) e password" #: ../../webtop.rst:261 -msgid "click on the new profile and select the resources you want to synchronize" +msgid "" +"click on the new profile and select the resources you want to synchronize" msgstr "clicca sul nuovo profilo e seleziona le risorse che vuoi sincronizzare" #: ../../webtop.rst:266 @@ -8382,27 +8354,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:268 msgid "" -"go to :guilabel:`Settings` -> :guilabel:`Account and Password` -> " -":guilabel:`Add account`" +"go to :guilabel:`Settings` -> :guilabel:`Account and Password` -> :guilabel:" +"`Add account`" msgstr "" "andare su :guilabel:`Impostazioni` -> :guilabel:`Account e Password` - > " "`Aggiungi account`" #: ../../webtop.rst:269 msgid "" -"select :guilabel:`Other` -> Add :guilabel:`CalDAV` or :guilabel:`CardDAV`" -" account" +"select :guilabel:`Other` -> Add :guilabel:`CalDAV` or :guilabel:`CardDAV` " +"account" msgstr "" -"selezionare :guilabel:`Altro` -> Aggiungi :guilabel:`CalDAV` o " -":guilabel:`CardDAV` account" +"selezionare :guilabel:`Altro` -> Aggiungi :guilabel:`CalDAV` o :guilabel:" +"`CardDAV` account" #: ../../webtop.rst:270 msgid "" -"insert the server name (i.e. *server.nethserver.org*), full username " -"(i.e. *goofy@nethserver.org*) and password" +"insert the server name (i.e. *server.nethserver.org*), full username (i.e. " +"*goofy@nethserver.org*) and password" msgstr "" -"inserire il nome del server (es: *server.nethserver.org*), il nome utente" -" completo (es: *goofy@nethserver.org*) e la password" +"inserire il nome del server (es: *server.nethserver.org*), il nome utente " +"completo (es: *goofy@nethserver.org*) e la password" #: ../../webtop.rst:273 msgid "Desktop clients" @@ -8414,14 +8386,14 @@ msgstr "**Thunderbird**" #: ../../webtop.rst:277 msgid "" -"Thunderbird already includes support for CalDAV calendars. To synchronize" -" the contacts with CardDAV you need a third-party add-on like `Cardbook " +"Thunderbird already includes support for CalDAV calendars. To synchronize " +"the contacts with CardDAV you need a third-party add-on like `Cardbook " "`_." msgstr "" "Thunderbird include già il supporto per i calendari CalDAV. Per " -"sincronizzare i contatti con CardDAV è necessario un add-on di terze " -"parti come `Cardbook " -"`_ ." +"sincronizzare i contatti con CardDAV è necessario un add-on di terze parti " +"come `Cardbook `_ ." #: ../../webtop.rst:280 msgid "**Outlook**" @@ -8432,9 +8404,8 @@ msgid "" "The Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer `_ " "plugin for Outlook supports both CardDAV and CalDAV." msgstr "" -"Il plugin Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer " -"`_ per Outlook supporta sia CardDAV che " -"CalDAV." +"Il plugin Open Source `CalDAV Synchronizer `_ per Outlook supporta sia CardDAV che CalDAV." #: ../../webtop.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -8446,11 +8417,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:288 msgid "" -"The use of CalDAV/CardDAV through third-party clients **cannot be " -"considered a web interface alternative**." +"The use of CalDAV/CardDAV through third-party clients **cannot be considered " +"a web interface alternative**." msgstr "" -"L'uso di CalDAV/CardDAV attraverso clienti di terze parti **non può " -"essere considerato un'alternativa all'interfaccia web**." +"L'uso di CalDAV/CardDAV attraverso clienti di terze parti **non può essere " +"considerato un'alternativa all'interfaccia web**." #: ../../webtop.rst:292 msgid "Sharing email" @@ -8459,12 +8430,12 @@ msgstr "Condivisione e-mail" #: ../../webtop.rst:294 msgid "" "It is possible to share a single folder or the entire account with all " -"subfolders. Select the folder to share -> right click -> " -":guilabel:`Manage sharing`:" +"subfolders. Select the folder to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Manage " +"sharing`:" msgstr "" -"È possibile condividere una singola cartella o l'intero account con tutte" -" le sottocartelle. Selezionare la cartella da condividere -> click destro" -" -> :guilabel:`Gestisci condivisione`:" +"È possibile condividere una singola cartella o l'intero account con tutte le " +"sottocartelle. Selezionare la cartella da condividere -> click destro -> :" +"guilabel:`Gestisci condivisione`:" #: ../../webtop.rst:299 msgid "select the user to share the resource (1)" @@ -8472,11 +8443,11 @@ msgstr "selezionare l'utente per condividere la risorsa (1)" #: ../../webtop.rst:300 msgid "" -"select if you want to share your identity with the user and even to force" -" your signature (2)" +"select if you want to share your identity with the user and even to force " +"your signature (2)" msgstr "" -"selezionare se si desidera condividere la propria identità con l'utente e" -" anche forzare la firma (2)" +"selezionare se si desidera condividere la propria identità con l'utente e " +"anche forzare la firma (2)" #: ../../webtop.rst:301 msgid "choose the level of permissions associated with this share (3)" @@ -8490,17 +8461,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:303 msgid "" -"finally, choose whether to apply sharing only to the folder from which " -"you started, or only to the branch of subfolders or to the entire account" -" (5)" +"finally, choose whether to apply sharing only to the folder from which you " +"started, or only to the branch of subfolders or to the entire account (5)" msgstr "" -"infine, scegliere se applicare la condivisione solo alla cartella da cui " -"hai iniziato, o solo al ramo delle sottocartelle o all'intero account (5)" +"infine, scegliere se applicare la condivisione solo alla cartella da cui hai " +"iniziato, o solo al ramo delle sottocartelle o all'intero account (5)" #: ../../webtop.rst:309 msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Force mailcard` option can be used only if the mailcard " -"has been associated to the mail address." +"The :guilabel:`Force mailcard` option can be used only if the mailcard has " +"been associated to the mail address." msgstr "" "L'opzione: `Forza firma` può essere utilizzata solo se la firma è stata " "associata all'indirizzo di posta." @@ -8515,8 +8485,8 @@ msgstr "Condivisione Calendari" #: ../../webtop.rst:317 msgid "" -"You can share each personal calendar individually. Select the calendar to" -" share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`:" +"You can share each personal calendar individually. Select the calendar to " +"share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`:" msgstr "" "Puoi condividere ogni calendario personale singolarmente. Selezionare il " "calendario da condividere -> click destro -> :guilabel:`Condivisione e " @@ -8524,12 +8494,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:322 msgid "" -"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group) and enable permissions " -"for both the folder and the individual items:" +"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group) and enable permissions for " +"both the folder and the individual items:" msgstr "" -"Selezionare l'utente destinatario della condivisione (o Gruppo) e " -"abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella che per i singoli " -"elementi:" +"Selezionare l'utente destinatario della condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare " +"le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella che per i singoli elementi:" #: ../../webtop.rst:327 msgid "Sharing Contacts" @@ -8537,16 +8506,16 @@ msgstr "Condivisione Contatti" #: ../../webtop.rst:329 msgid "" -"In the same way, you can share your contacts by selecting the directory " -"you want to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`. " -"Select the recipient user of the share (or Group), and enable permissions" -" for both the folder and the individual items." +"In the same way, you can share your contacts by selecting the directory you " +"want to share -> right click -> :guilabel:`Sharing and permissions`. Select " +"the recipient user of the share (or Group), and enable permissions for both " +"the folder and the individual items." msgstr "" "Allo stesso modo, è possibile condividere i contatti selezionando la " "directory che si desidera condividere -> click destro -> :guilabel: " "`Condivisione e permessi`. Selezionare l'utente destinatario della " -"condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella" -" che per i singoli elementi." +"condivisione (o Gruppo) e abilitare le autorizzazioni sia per la cartella " +"che per i singoli elementi." #: ../../webtop.rst:334 msgid "Custom labels" @@ -8554,8 +8523,8 @@ msgstr "Etichette personalizzate" #: ../../webtop.rst:336 msgid "" -"It is possible to add one or more labels to an email, a calendar event or" -" a task." +"It is possible to add one or more labels to an email, a calendar event or a " +"task." msgstr "" "È possibile aggiungere una o più etichette nelle e-mail, in un evento di " "calendario o un'attività." @@ -8565,7 +8534,8 @@ msgid "There are two types of labels:" msgstr "Ci sono due tipi di etichette:" #: ../../webtop.rst:340 -msgid "**Private**: not usable for custom fields and not visible to other users" +msgid "" +"**Private**: not usable for custom fields and not visible to other users" msgstr "" "**Private**: non utilizzabile per campi personalizzati e non visibile ad " "altri utenti" @@ -8573,8 +8543,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:341 msgid "**Shared**: usable for custom field panels and visible to other users" msgstr "" -"**Shared**: utilizzabile per pannelli di campi personalizzati e visibile " -"ad altri utenti" +"**Shared**: utilizzabile per pannelli di campi personalizzati e visibile ad " +"altri utenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -8588,23 +8558,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:346 ../../webtop.rst:371 msgid "" -"go to the Administration menu, then choose :guilabel:`Domains` -> " -":guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Groups` -> :guilabel:`Users` -> " -":guilabel:`Authorization`" +"go to the Administration menu, then choose :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:" +"`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Groups` -> :guilabel:`Users` -> :guilabel:" +"`Authorization`" msgstr "" -"andare nel menù Amministrazione, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Domini` - " -"> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Gruppi` - > :guilabel:`Utenti` - >" -" :guilabel:`Authorizzazioni`" +"andare nel menù Amministrazione, quindi selezionare :guilabel:`Domini` - > :" +"guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Gruppi` - > :guilabel:`Utenti` - > :" +"guilabel:`Authorizzazioni`" #: ../../webtop.rst:347 msgid "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> " -":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Action` -" +"> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" msgstr "" -"aggiungere (+) -> :guilabel:`Servizio` -> " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Contesto` -> " -":guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Azione` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"aggiungere (+) -> :guilabel:`Servizio` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Contesto` -> :guilabel:`TAGS` -> :guilabel:`Azione` -" +"> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" #: ../../webtop.rst:348 msgid "click :guilabel:`OK` then :guilabel:`Save and exit`" @@ -8615,8 +8585,8 @@ msgid "" "You can manage the labels from the tools |tools| button icon at the top " "right corner." msgstr "" -"È possibile gestire le etichette tramite il pulsante |tools| nell'angolo " -"in alto a destra." +"È possibile gestire le etichette tramite il pulsante |tools| nell'angolo in " +"alto a destra." #: ../../webtop.rst:350 msgid "tools" @@ -8624,29 +8594,29 @@ msgstr "tools" #: ../../webtop.rst:354 msgid "" -"The same functionality can also be reached from the individual modules by" -" right-clicking -> :guilabel:`Labels` -> :guilabel:`Manage labels`." +"The same functionality can also be reached from the individual modules by " +"right-clicking -> :guilabel:`Labels` -> :guilabel:`Manage labels`." msgstr "" -"La stessa funzionalità può essere raggiunta anche dai singoli moduli " -"facendo clic con il tasto destro -> :guilabel: `Etichette` -> " -":guilabel:`Gestisci etichette`." +"La stessa funzionalità può essere raggiunta anche dai singoli moduli facendo " +"clic con il tasto destro -> :guilabel: `Etichette` -> :guilabel:`Gestisci " +"etichette`." #: ../../webtop.rst:356 msgid "" "Visibility can be set only during label creation. To change the label " "visibility you need to delete the label and create it again." msgstr "" -"La visibilità può essere impostata solo durante la creazione di " -"etichette. Per modificare la visibilità dell'etichetta è necessario " -"eliminare l'etichetta e crearla di nuovo." +"La visibilità può essere impostata solo durante la creazione di etichette. " +"Per modificare la visibilità dell'etichetta è necessario eliminare " +"l'etichetta e crearla di nuovo." #: ../../webtop.rst:358 msgid "" -"The created labels can be used in any other module like Mail, Address " -"Book, Calendar and Tasks." +"The created labels can be used in any other module like Mail, Address Book, " +"Calendar and Tasks." msgstr "" -"Le etichette create possono essere utilizzate in qualsiasi altro modulo " -"come Posta, Rubrica, Calendario e Attività." +"Le etichette create possono essere utilizzate in qualsiasi altro modulo come " +"Posta, Rubrica, Calendario e Attività." #: ../../webtop.rst:363 msgid "Custom fields" @@ -8662,8 +8632,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:367 msgid "" -"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and " -"Tasks modules and are specific to each different module." +"Custom fields are only available for the Address Book, Calendar, and Tasks " +"modules and are specific to each different module." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:369 @@ -8675,8 +8645,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:372 msgid "" "add (+) -> :guilabel:`Services` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " -"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> " -":guilabel:`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" +"(WebTop)` -> :guilabel:`Resource` -> :guilabel:`CUSTOM_FIELDS` -> :guilabel:" +"`Action` -> :guilabel:`MANAGE`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:373 @@ -8685,23 +8655,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:375 msgid "" -"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available" -" at the top right:" +"Users who have this authorization will find the specific button available at " +"the top right:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:379 msgid "" -"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the " -":guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" +"To create a new custom field it is necessary to fill in at least the :" +"guilabel:`Name` field and select the :guilabel:`Type`:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:383 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including " -"``-`` and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The " -":guilabel:`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the" -" :guilabel:`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along " -"with the field." +"For the :guilabel:`Name` field only alphanumeric characters (including ``-`` " +"and ``_``) are allowed. **Spaces are not allowed**. The :guilabel:" +"`Description` field is used to add details to the field and the :guilabel:" +"`Label` field represents the label that will be shown along with the field." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:387 @@ -8710,42 +8679,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:389 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search" -" window (a new access will be required)" +":guilabel:`Show in search bar`: the field is added in the multiple search " +"window (a new access will be required)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:390 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of " -"a contact" +":guilabel:`Show in preview`: the field is shown in the preview window of a " +"contact" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:392 msgid "" -"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available" -" for each type." +"Additional specific properties, that are also customizable, are available " +"for each type." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:394 msgid "" -"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values " -"to be selected:" +"For the :guilabel:`List box` type it is necessary to fill in the values to " +"be selected:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:398 msgid "" -"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to " -"create similar ones:" +"Using the :guilabel:`Clone` button you can copy the custom field to create " +"similar ones:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:403 msgid "" -"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create" -" up to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in " -"Address Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it " -"is necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a " -"dedicated license on `Nethesis shop `_" +"With the **FREE version**, installed by default, it is possible to create up " +"to a **maximum of 3 custom fields** for each different module (3 in Address " +"Book + 3 in Calendar + 3 in Activities). To remove this limit it is " +"necessary to upgrade to the **PREMIUM version** by purchasing a dedicated " +"license on `Nethesis shop `_" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:406 @@ -8755,8 +8724,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:408 msgid "" "One of the best functionalities of custom fields is the possibility to " -"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option " -":guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." +"perform multiple searches on all modules and fields for which the option :" +"guilabel:`Show in search bar` has been activated." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:412 @@ -8765,8 +8734,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:414 msgid "" -"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated " -"them with resources." +"Custom panels display the `:ref:`custom_fields-section` and associated them " +"with resources." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:416 @@ -8777,16 +8746,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:420 msgid "" -"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the " -":guilabel:`Name` that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a " -":guilabel:`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." +"When creating a new panel it is mandatory to indicate the :guilabel:`Name` " +"that will appear in the resource. You can also insert a :guilabel:" +"`Description` and a :guilabel:`Title`." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:422 msgid "" "Using shared labels, you can easily assign panels to specific resource " -"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every" -" available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." +"categories. A panel without an associated label will be visible for every " +"available resource: all contacts, all events or all activities." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:425 @@ -8799,28 +8768,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:430 msgid "" -"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the " -"opportunity to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." +"One of the main features of managing signatures on WebTop is the opportunity " +"to integrate images or custom fields profiled per user." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:432 msgid "" -"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the" -" WebTop admin user like this:" +"To use the images you need to upload them to the public cloud through the " +"WebTop admin user like this:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:436 msgid "" -"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at " -"the bottom or simply via drag & drop." +"You can use the :guilabel:`Upload` button to load an image which is at the " +"bottom or simply via drag & drop." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:440 msgid "" "Remember that the public images inserted in the signature are actually " -"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the " -"server must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name " -"must be publicly resolvable." +"connected with a public link. To be visible to email recipients, the server " +"must be reachable remotely on port 80 (http) and its FQDN name must be " +"publicly resolvable." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:443 @@ -8831,21 +8800,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:445 msgid "" -"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the " -"administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " -":guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " -"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " -"according to the key to be configured:" +"It is possible to do this from web interface by accessing the administration " +"panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :" +"guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and enter the data in the :" +"guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " +"configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:447 -msgid "``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" +msgid "" +"``public.resource.links.as.inline.attachments`` = true (default = false)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:450 msgid "" -"To change the signature, each user can access the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" +"To change the signature, each user can access the :menuselection:`Settings --" +"> Mail --> Editing --> Edit User mailcard`:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:454 @@ -8854,16 +8824,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:460 msgid "" -"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail " -"address. Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use " -"the mailcard." +"The personal mailcard can be associated with the user or the mail address. " +"Users with access to the mail address will also be able to use the mailcard." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:463 msgid "" -"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( " -":menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user`" -" ) it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " +"By accessing the user settings from the WebTop administration panel ( :" +"menuselection:`Domains --> NethServer --> Users --> Right click on user` ) " +"it is also possible to set up a general domain mailcard that will be " "automatically set for all users who have not configured their personal " "mailcard:" msgstr "" @@ -8874,15 +8843,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:471 msgid "" -"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain " -"mailcard editor:" +"that can be used within the template-based fields within the domain mailcard " +"editor:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:475 msgid "" "In this way it is possible to create a single mailcard that will be " -"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own " -"mailcard." +"automatically customized for every user who does not use his own mailcard." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:478 @@ -8891,8 +8859,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:480 msgid "" -"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each" -" user." +"It is possible to configure multiple mailcards (HTML signatures) for each " +"user." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:482 @@ -8903,9 +8871,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:486 msgid "" -"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail " -"--> Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the " -":guilabel:`edit mailcard` button" +"To edit every single signature select :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> " +"Identities` then select each individual signature and click on the :guilabel:" +"`edit mailcard` button" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:491 @@ -8913,7 +8881,8 @@ msgid "When finished, close the window and click YES:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:495 -msgid "to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" +msgid "" +"to use multiple mailcards, create a new email, and choose the signature:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:500 @@ -8928,9 +8897,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:504 msgid "" -"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` " -"menu, under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named " -":guilabel:`Show quick preview on message row`." +"This feature can be enabled or disabled from the :guilabel:`Settings` menu, " +"under the :guilabel:`Mail` tab, the check box is named :guilabel:`Show quick " +"preview on message row`." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:508 @@ -8953,8 +8922,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:519 msgid "" -"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon " -"login, it will appear at the first archiving." +"If the :guilabel:`Archives` folder does not appear immediately upon login, " +"it will appear at the first archiving." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:521 @@ -8975,8 +8944,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:529 msgid "" -"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate" -" :guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" +"To maintain the original structure of the folders is possible to activate :" +"guilabel:`Keep folder structure`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:533 @@ -8986,7 +8955,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:537 -msgid "The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." +msgid "" +"The system will process archiving according to the last settings chosen." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:540 @@ -8995,35 +8965,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:542 msgid "" -"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed " -"and therefore visible since the first login." +"By default, all IMAP folders on the server are automatically subscribed and " +"therefore visible since the first login." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:544 msgid "" "If you want to hide some folders from the view, which is equivalent to " -"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to " -"hide and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from " -"the list`." +"removing the subscription, you can simply right-click on the folder to hide " +"and select from the interactive menu the item :guilabel:`Hide from the list`." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:547 msgid "" -"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this " -"list, just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" +"For example, if you want to hide the subfolder ``folder1`` from this list, " +"just right-click on it and select :guilabel:`Hide from the list`:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:551 msgid "" -"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting " -"the :guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" +"It is possible to manage the visibility of hidden folders by selecting the :" +"guilabel:`Manage visibility` function:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:555 msgid "" -"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the " -":guilabel:`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden " -"folders and click on the icon on the left:" +"For example, if you want to restore the subscription of the :guilabel:" +"`folder1` just hidden, just select it from the list of hidden folders and " +"click on the icon on the left:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:561 @@ -9032,24 +9001,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:563 msgid "" -"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible " -"security risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will " -"also be warned when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or " -"links contained in emails." +"The Proactive Security module (PAS) warns the end user of possible security " +"risks and suspicious senders inside the emails. The user will also be warned " +"when trying to open potentially dangerous attachments or links contained in " +"emails." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:566 msgid "" -"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and " -"the WebTop **admin**." +"The PAS function allows some customization both for the **end user** and the " +"WebTop **admin**." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:568 msgid "" -"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it " -"is recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to " -"click directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the " -":guilabel:`Mark as trusted` entry." +"For the **end user** it is possible to mark a sender as trusted when it is " +"recognized as such by the yellow shield. To do so, it is possible to click " +"directly on the shield or right click on the sender and select the :guilabel:" +"`Mark as trusted` entry." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:573 @@ -9061,11 +9030,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:576 msgid "" -"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of " -"the PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so," -" it is necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or " -"the group of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` " -"and for the ``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" +"The **admin user** can disable all or some of the rules that are part of the " +"PAS (ProActive Security), both for single users and groups. To do so, it is " +"necessary to add a specific authorization (to the single user or the group " +"of users) for the Service ``com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)`` and for the " +"``PRO_ACTIVE_SECURITY`` resource:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:581 @@ -9078,20 +9047,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:584 msgid "" -"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the " -"sender’s domain" +"``NO_LINK_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not check domains different from the sender’s " +"domain" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:585 msgid "" -"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my " -"domain" +"``NO_MY_DOMAIN_CHECK``: do not verify if the sender’s domain is in my domain" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:586 msgid "" -"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my " -"contacts which are saved automatically" +"``NO_FREQUENT_CONTACT_CHECK``: do not check if the sender is in my contacts " +"which are saved automatically" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:587 @@ -9102,28 +9070,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:588 msgid "" -"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns " -"in the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the" -" sender’s email address)" +"``NO_FAKE_PATTERNS_CHECK``: do not verify the presence of false patterns in " +"the sender (e.g. email address of the name shown is different from the " +"sender’s email address)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:589 msgid "" "``NO_UNSUBSCRIBE_DIRECTIVES_CHECK``: do not check the entry for the " -"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is " -"green)" +"unsubscribe directives to the mailing list (only if the spam status is green)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:590 msgid "" -"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with " -"the contact in my address book with the same email" +"``NO_DISPLAYNAME_CHECK``: do not compare the contact’s display name with the " +"contact in my address book with the same email" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:591 msgid "" -"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score " -"displayed in the message header" +"``NO_SPAM_SCORE_VISUALIZATION``: do not show/check the spam score displayed " +"in the message header" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:592 @@ -9136,16 +9103,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:595 msgid "" -"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some" -" users who might not want all the actions to be active." +"This way it is possible to customize and create special profiles for some " +"users who might not want all the actions to be active." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:597 msgid "" "The administrator can also choose the list of **file extensions for " "attachments** which are considered a threat. As default, these are the " -"extensions that are considered dangerous: " -"``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js,jar``" +"extensions that are considered dangerous: ``exe,bat,dll,com,cmd,bin,cab,js," +"jar``" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:600 @@ -9162,8 +9129,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:605 msgid "" -"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are" -" considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" +"For example, if you wanted to add the HTML extension among those that are " +"considered dangerous, the value field should contain the following:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:607 @@ -9178,15 +9145,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:613 msgid "" -"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click " -"on the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP " -"export (CSV)`" +"To export calendars events in CSV (Comma Separated Value) format, click on " +"the |tools| button in the top right corner and select :guilabel:`ERP export " +"(CSV)`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:615 msgid "" -"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export " -"into a CSV file." +"Finally, select a time interval and click on :guilabel:`Next` to export into " +"a CSV file." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:618 @@ -9199,29 +9166,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:623 msgid "" -"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to " -"select the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to " -"today's activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" +"In the toolbar above the grid there are 7 buttons that allow you to select " +"the most suitable quick view. The first two buttons refer to today's " +"activities or to those planned within the next 7 days:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:628 msgid "" -"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start " -"date up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to " -"today (inclusive)" +"**Today**: shows unfinished tasks without a start date or with a start date " +"up to today (inclusive) and those completed with an end date up to today " +"(inclusive)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:629 msgid "" -"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting " -"up to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to " -"now (inclusive)" +"**Next 7 days**: shows uncompleted tasks with no start date or starting up " +"to 7 days from today and completed tasks with completion date up to now " +"(inclusive)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:631 msgid "" -"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick " -"views:" +"The remaining 5 buttons allow you to obtain these other types of quick views:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:635 @@ -9238,21 +9204,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:637 msgid "" -"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any " -"date range" +"**Completed**: shows all activities with status completed and with any date " +"range" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:638 msgid "" -"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed " -"and start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first " -"instance of the series still to be completed is shown)" +"**Not completed**: shows all activities with status other than completed and " +"start date within 1 year (for recurring tasks, only the first instance of " +"the series still to be completed is shown)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:639 msgid "" -"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the " -"series icon main is shown)" +"**All**: shows all activities in any status (for recurring tasks the series " +"icon main is shown)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:642 @@ -9269,15 +9235,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:650 msgid "" -"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view " -"other than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from" -" the recurrence and its icon will become this one:" +"on the individual task by opening it with a double click from a view other " +"than :guilabel:`All` In this case the task will be **removed** from the " +"recurrence and its icon will become this one:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:655 msgid "" -"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or" -" by using the following button on the single task already open:" +"on the entire series with a double click from the :guilabel:`All` view or by " +"using the following button on the single task already open:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:660 @@ -9286,18 +9252,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:662 msgid "" -"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one " -"Master/Slave level only) simply by using the right button and selecting " -":guilabel:`Add sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master " -"and in the slave, a link is available at the bottom right to open the " -"related tasks:" +"On any task it is always possible to add related sub-tasks (one Master/Slave " +"level only) simply by using the right button and selecting :guilabel:`Add " +"sub-task` Within the connected tasks, both in the master and in the slave, a " +"link is available at the bottom right to open the related tasks:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:667 msgid "" -"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click" -" -> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities" -" through an option active by default." +"It is possible to **Move** or **Copy** this type of activity (right click -" +"> :guilabel:`Move/Copy`) by choosing to copy or move the sub-activities " +"through an option active by default." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:670 @@ -9316,15 +9281,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:680 msgid "" -"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been " -"installed from the :ref:`software_center-section`." +"Before proceeding, verify that the **Nextcloud** module has been installed " +"from the :ref:`software_center-section`." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:683 msgid "" -"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable " -"it, use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop " -"admin password" +"By default, Nextcloud integration is disabled for all users. To enable it, " +"use the administration panel which can be accessed using the webtop admin " +"password" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:686 @@ -9343,8 +9308,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:696 msgid "" -"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` " -"and ``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" +"add to existing authorizations those related to both the ``STORE_CLOUD`` and " +"``STORE_OTHER`` resources by selecting the items as shown below:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:703 @@ -9363,9 +9328,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:712 msgid "" -"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud " -"resource by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then " -":guilabel:`Add resource` in this way:" +"To do this, simply select the Cloud button and add a new Nextcloud resource " +"by right-clicking on :guilabel:`My resources` and then :guilabel:`Add " +"resource` in this way:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:716 @@ -9374,19 +9339,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:722 msgid "" -"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access " -"to the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the " -"public link to the shared files" +"Remember to fill in the User name and Password fields related to access to " +"the Nextcloud resource, otherwise it will not be possible to use the public " +"link to the shared files" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:727 msgid "" -"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. " -"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from " -"`/nextcloud/remote.php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that " -"`/nextcloud` prefix has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of" -" the custom virtual host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. " -"``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." +"If Nextcloud has been configured with a custom virtual host (eg. ``nextcloud." +"mydomain.com``) the :guilabel:`Path` must be changed from `/nextcloud/remote." +"php/webdav` to `/remote.php/webdav`, please note that `/nextcloud` prefix " +"has been removed. Also make sure to enter the name of the custom virtual " +"host inside the :guilabel:`Host` (eg. ``nextcloud.mydomain.com``)." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:729 @@ -9399,8 +9363,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:734 msgid "" -"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via " -"web links." +"The personal Cloud module allows you to send and receive documents via web " +"links." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:737 @@ -9413,8 +9377,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:743 msgid "" -"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to" -" set the deadline." +"Follow the wizard to generate the link, use the field :guilabel:`date` to " +"set the deadline." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:747 @@ -9441,8 +9405,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:766 msgid "" -"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. " -"The link will be automatically inserted into the message:" +"Follow the wizard. You can set both an expiration date and a password. The " +"link will be automatically inserted into the message:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:770 @@ -9451,14 +9415,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:774 msgid "" -"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be " -"uploaded:" +"The sender will receive a notification for each file that will be uploaded:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:778 msgid "" -"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud -->" -" Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" +"To download the files just access your personal :menuselection:`Cloud --> " +"Uploads --> Folder` with date and name:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:783 @@ -9474,7 +9437,8 @@ msgid "To enable chat integration:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:789 -msgid "Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." +msgid "" +"Install the \"Instant messaging\" module from :guilabel:`Software Center`." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:791 @@ -9483,14 +9447,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:793 ../../webtop.rst:806 msgid "" -"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains " -"--> NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" +"Access the :guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :menuselection:`Domains --> " +"NethServer --> Groups --> Users --> Authorizations`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:794 msgid "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" -" --> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" +"> Resource --> WEBCHAT --> Action --> ACCESS`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:795 ../../webtop.rst:808 @@ -9505,11 +9469,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "With this integration it is possible to start a new video conference and " "send the invitation via email, or schedule one by creating the event " -"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary " -"to configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would " -"like to use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global" -" settings `_" +"directly from the calendar. To activate the integration it is necessary to " +"configure the `Jitsi `_ instance that you would like to " +"use directly from admin panel by modifying the `documented global settings " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:803 @@ -9521,8 +9485,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:807 msgid "" -":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)" -" --> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" +":menuselection:`Add (+) --> Services --> com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop) --" +"> Resource MEETING --> Action --> CREATE`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:810 @@ -9551,8 +9515,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:824 msgid "" -"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start " -"immediately (instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." +"For each new meeting you have to decide whether it should start immediately " +"(instant meeting) or if it should be scheduled by invitation." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:826 @@ -9567,30 +9531,30 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:831 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this " -"case an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be" -" copied (e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Copy meeting invite`: in this case " +"an invitation message, which also includes the meeting link, will be copied " +"(e.g: To join the meeting on Jitsi Meet, click this link: …)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:832 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be " -"asked if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, " -"which will then be inserted in the newly generated email:" +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Share by email`: you will be asked " +"if you would like to change the subject and date of the meeting, which will " +"then be inserted in the newly generated email:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:836 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case " -"you will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time " -"of the meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to " -"invite other participants." +":guilabel:`Send invitation` -> :guilabel:`Plan event`: also in this case you " +"will be asked if you would like to change the subject and date/time of the " +"meeting before creating the calendar event that will allow you to invite " +"other participants." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:838 msgid "" -"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the " -"buttons that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" +"If an event contains a link to a third-party video conference, the buttons " +"that will allow you to access the meeting directly:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:844 @@ -9599,11 +9563,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:846 msgid "" -"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition" -" to Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add " -"additional platforms through a `global setting " -"`_." +"The video conferencing services that are currently supported, in addition to " +"Jitsi, are: Google Meet, MS Teams and Zoom. It is possible to add additional " +"platforms through a `global setting `_." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:851 @@ -9620,19 +9583,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:856 msgid "" -"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API " -"keys (``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " -"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here " -"`_ ." +"Once registered to the service of the chosen provider, retrieve the API keys " +"(``AUTH_KEY`` and ``AUTH_SECRET``) to be inserted in the WebTop " +"configuration db. The settings to configure are those shown `here `_ ." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:859 msgid "" -"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> " -":guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the data in the " -":guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the key to be " -"configured:" +"You can do it by accessing the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties " +"(system)` -> :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core " +"(WebTop)` and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` " +"fields according to the key to be configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:861 @@ -9653,23 +9615,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:869 msgid "" -"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default " -"sender when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 " -"characters) or a text (max 11 characters)." +"The ``sms.sender`` key is optional and is used to specify the default sender " +"when sending SMS. It is possible to indicate a number (max 16 characters) or " +"a text (max 11 characters)." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:874 msgid "" -"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through " -"its settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and" -" SMS` -> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default" -" sender`" +"Each user can overwrite the sender by customizing it as desired through its " +"settings panel: :guilabel:`WebTop` -> :guilabel:`Switchboard VOIP and SMS` -" +"> :guilabel:`SMS Hosting service configured` -> :guilabel:`Default sender`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:876 msgid "" -"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has " -"the mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" +"To send an SMS from the address book, right-click on a contact that has the " +"mobile field filled in -> :guilabel:`Send SMS`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:879 @@ -9684,9 +9645,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:884 msgid "" -"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and " -"select -> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> " -":guilabel:`Launcher` :" +"To configure the buttons, access the WebTop administration panel and select -" +"> :guilabel:`Domains` -> :guilabel:`NethServer` -> :guilabel:`Launcher` :" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:889 @@ -9709,17 +9669,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:895 msgid "" -"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the " -"icon on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards " -"images. Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> " -":guilabel:`Public Images`, then insert a URL like " -"``https:///webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." +"If you can't find a public URL for the icon image, you can upload the icon " +"on Webtop public cloud. WebTop public cloud already hosts mailcards images. " +"Access the administrator panel and click on :guilabel:`Cloud` -> :guilabel:" +"`Public Images`, then insert a URL like ``https:///" +"webtop/resources/156c0407/images/``." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:900 msgid "" -"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next" -" login." +"The configured custom link buttons will be shown to all users at the next " +"login." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:904 @@ -9746,8 +9706,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:915 msgid "" -":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only " -"when the browser is in the background" +":guilabel:`Auto (in background only)`: notifications will be shown only when " +"the browser is in the background" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:917 @@ -9756,8 +9716,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:919 msgid "" -"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just " -"click on the appropriate button:" +"If you need to enable this consent later on a different browser just click " +"on the appropriate button:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:925 @@ -9766,8 +9726,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:927 msgid "" -"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can " -"have a maximum of 3 external accounts." +"External IMAP accounts can be accessed in read-only mode. Each user can have " +"a maximum of 3 external accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:930 @@ -9782,8 +9742,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:933 msgid "" -"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select " -":guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail`" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add` button and select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop." +"mail`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:934 @@ -9808,8 +9768,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:941 msgid "" -"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the " -":guilabel:`Settings` section." +"Users can now configure personal external accounts by accessing the :" +"guilabel:`Settings` section." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:944 @@ -9818,8 +9778,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:946 msgid "" -"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts " -"(directory) using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." +"WebTop supports subscriptions to remote calendars and contacts (directory) " +"using CardDAV, CalDAV and iCal." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:949 @@ -9828,17 +9788,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:951 msgid "" -"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click " -"the right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet " -"Calendar`. Two types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS " -"format) and CalDAV." +"An Internet Calendar can be added and synchronized. To do so just click the " +"right button on personal calendars, :guilabel:`Add Internet Calendar`. Two " +"types of remote calendars are supported: WebCal (ICS format) and CalDAV." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:957 msgid "" "Synchronization of Webcal calendars (ICS) is always done by downloading " -"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences" -" are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" +"every event on the remote resource every time, while only the differences " +"are synchronized with the CalDAV mode" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:960 @@ -9847,30 +9806,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:962 msgid "" -"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: " -":guilabel:`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in " -"iCal format`" +"Take the public access ICS link from your Google calendar: :guilabel:" +"`Calendar options -> Settings and sharing -> Secret address in iCal format`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:964 msgid "" -"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied " -"URL without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the " -"wizard." +"On WebTop, add an Internet calendar of type Webcal and paste the copied URL " +"without entering the authentication credentials in step 1 of the wizard." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:966 msgid "" -"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change" -" the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." +"The wizard will connect to the calendar, giving the possibility to change " +"the name and color, and then perform the first synchronization." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:970 msgid "" -"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If " -"you receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources " -"you need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate " -"attempt." +"The first synchronization may fail due to Google's security settings. If you " +"receive a notification that warns you about accessing your resources you " +"need to allow them to be used confirming that it is a legitimate attempt." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:974 @@ -9887,31 +9843,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:981 msgid "" -"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on " -":guilabel:`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and " -"enter a URL of this type in step 1 of the wizard: " -"``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/``" -" Replace the ``X`` with your GMail account" +"on Webtop, configure a new Internet address book, right-click on :guilabel:" +"`Personal Categories -> Add Internet address book` and and enter a URL of " +"this type in step 1 of the wizard: ``https://www.googleapis.com/carddav/v1/" +"principals/XXXXXXXXXX@gmail.XXX/lists/default/`` Replace the ``X`` with your " +"GMail account" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:985 msgid "" -"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address " -"of gmail):" +"enter the authentication credentials (as user name use the full address of " +"gmail):" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:989 msgid "" -"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving " -"the possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " +"the wizard in the following steps will connect to the phonebook, giving the " +"possibility to change the name and color, and then perform the first " "synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:991 msgid "" "You must enable the synchronization into your Google account and enable " -"access for `App Password " -"`_." +"access for `App Password `_." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:993 @@ -9926,11 +9882,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:998 msgid "" -"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals:" -" 15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in " -"the creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-" -"click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, " -":guilabel:`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" +"To synchronize automatically you can choose between three time intervals: " +"15, 30 and 60 minutes. The choice of the time interval can be made in the " +"creation phase or later by changing the options. To do this, right-click on " +"the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit Category`, :guilabel:" +"`Internet Addressbook` (or :guilabel:`Internet Calendar`):" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1005 @@ -9945,10 +9901,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1011 msgid "" -"For CardDAV address books, as well as for remote CalDAV calendars, you " -"can select whether to perform a full synchronization or only for changes." -" To do this, right-click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), " -":guilabel:`Edit Category`:" +"For CardDAV address books, as well as for remote CalDAV calendars, you can " +"select whether to perform a full synchronization or only for changes. To do " +"this, right-click on the phonebook (or on the calendar), :guilabel:`Edit " +"Category`:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1016 @@ -9961,32 +9917,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1023 msgid "" -"The table showing the entire log of accesses and sessions for each user " -"is available under the administrator panel. Access the " -":guilabel:`Administration` menu, then :guilabel:`Domains` --> " -":guilabel:`NethServer` --> :guilabel:`Audit (domain)` --> " -":guilabel:`Access log`." +"The table showing the entire log of accesses and sessions for each user is " +"available under the administrator panel. Access the :guilabel:" +"`Administration` menu, then :guilabel:`Domains` --> :guilabel:`NethServer` --" +"> :guilabel:`Audit (domain)` --> :guilabel:`Access log`." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1026 msgid "" -"For each access, the table reports the following data in columns: session" -" ID, user name, date and time, session duration, authentication status " -"and any login errors." +"For each access, the table reports the following data in columns: session " +"ID, user name, date and time, session duration, authentication status and " +"any login errors." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1028 msgid "" -"You can enable public IP geolocation. First, you need to register an " -"account on `ipstack `_ and obtain the ``API KEY`` " -"to insert in the configuration db." +"You can enable public IP geolocation. First, you need to register an account " +"on `ipstack `_ and obtain the ``API KEY`` to insert in " +"the configuration db." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1030 msgid "" -"Login to the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Property (system)` -> " -":guilabel:`add` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> enter " -"the following data in the fields :guilabel:`Key` e :guilabel:`Value` :" +"Login to the administration panel -> :guilabel:`Property (system)` -> :" +"guilabel:`add` -> :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` -> enter the " +"following data in the fields :guilabel:`Key` e :guilabel:`Value` :" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1032 @@ -9999,8 +9954,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1035 msgid "" -"Then, logout and a login again. To show the IP geolocation please click " -"on the icon at the far right of the row:" +"Then, logout and a login again. To show the IP geolocation please click on " +"the icon at the far right of the row:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1039 @@ -10009,9 +9964,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1041 msgid "" -"By default, the logins made through impersonate (``admin!``) are " -"not shown in the access logs table. In order to also add this type of " -"access, you need to add the following key for the core service:" +"By default, the logins made through impersonate (``admin!``) are not " +"shown in the access logs table. In order to also add this type of access, " +"you need to add the following key for the core service:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1044 @@ -10040,9 +9995,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1054 msgid "" -"You can `customize this feature " -"`_ by " -"accessing the administrator panel." +"You can `customize this feature `_ by accessing the administrator panel." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1058 @@ -10068,7 +10022,8 @@ msgid "Maximum file size single message attachment (internal default = 10 MB)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1067 -msgid "Maximum file size for cloud internal uploads (internal default = 500 MB)" +msgid "" +"Maximum file size for cloud internal uploads (internal default = 500 MB)" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1068 @@ -10078,9 +10033,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1070 msgid "" "To change these default values for all users, the following keys can be " -"added via the admin interface: :guilabel:`Properties (system) -> Add`. " -"The value must be expressed in ``bytes``. Example: ``10MB = 10485760 " -"bytes``." +"added via the admin interface: :guilabel:`Properties (system) -> Add`. The " +"value must be expressed in ``bytes``. Example: ``10MB = 10485760 bytes``." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1073 @@ -10133,8 +10087,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1097 msgid "" -"WebTop supports importing contacts and calendars from various file " -"formats." +"WebTop supports importing contacts and calendars from various file formats." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1100 @@ -10167,20 +10120,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1112 msgid "" -"right click on the target phone book, then select :guilabel:`Import " -"contacts`" +"right click on the target phone book, then select :guilabel:`Import contacts`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1116 msgid "" -"select the import format and make sure that the fields on the file match " -"the ones available on WebTop" +"select the import format and make sure that the fields on the file match the " +"ones available on WebTop" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1120 msgid "" -"If you are importing a phone book exported from Outlook, make sure to set" -" :guilabel:`Text qualifier` to ``\"`` value." +"If you are importing a phone book exported from Outlook, make sure to set :" +"guilabel:`Text qualifier` to ``\"`` value." msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1126 @@ -10196,7 +10148,8 @@ msgid "To import events:" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1132 -msgid "right click on the target calendar, then select :guilabel:`Import events`" +msgid "" +"right click on the target calendar, then select :guilabel:`Import events`" msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1136 @@ -10205,60 +10158,87 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../webtop.rst:1140 msgid "" -"then choose if you want to delete all existing events and import new " -"ones, or just append imported data to existing calendar events" +"then choose if you want to delete all existing events and import new ones, " +"or just append imported data to existing calendar events" msgstr "" +"quindi scegliere se si desidera eliminare tutti gli eventi esistenti e " +"importare nuovi, o semplicemente aggiungere i dati importati agli eventi di " +"calendario esistenti" #: ../../webtop.rst:1146 msgid "Mail composer customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Personalizzazione della composizione email" #: ../../webtop.rst:1149 msgid "Hide auto-suggested recipient in lookups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nascondere il destinatario auto suggerito" #: ../../webtop.rst:1151 msgid "" -"You can disable the suggestion of automatically saved addresses. Access " -"the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> " -":guilabel:`Add` ->, select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` " -"and enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " -"according to the key to be configured:" +"You can disable the suggestion of automatically saved addresses. Access the " +"web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :guilabel:" +"`Add` ->, select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` and enter the " +"data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according to the " +"key to be configured:" msgstr "" +"È possibile disabilitare il suggerimento degli indirizzi salvati " +"automaticamente. Accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> :guilabel:" +"`Proprietà (sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` ->, selezionare :guilabel:`com." +"sonicle.webtop.core (WebTop)` e inserire i dati in :guilabel:`Chiave` e :" +"guilabel:`Valore` secondo la chiave da configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1155 msgid "``recipient.provider.auto.enabled`` = false (default is true)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``recipient.provider.auto.enabled`` = false (default is true)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1158 msgid "Edit subject of a mail and save it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modificare oggetto di una mail e salvare" #: ../../webtop.rst:1160 msgid "" "To enable the modification of the subject for received and sent emails, " -"access the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` ->" -" :guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and" -" enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields " -"according to the key to be configured:" +"access the web administration panel -> :guilabel:`Properties (system)` -> :" +"guilabel:`Add` -> select :guilabel:`com.sonicle.webtop.mail (Mail)` and " +"enter the data in the :guilabel:`Key` and :guilabel:`Value` fields according " +"to the key to be configured:" msgstr "" +"Per consentire la modifica dell'oggetto sulle e-mail ricevute o inviate, " +"accedere al pannello di amministrazione web -> :guilabel:`Proprietà " +"(sistema)` -> :guilabel:`Aggiungi` -> selezionare :guilabel:`com.sonicle." +"webtop.mail (Mail)` e inserire i dati nel :guilabel:`Chiave` e :guilabel: " +"`Valore` campi secondo la chiave da configurare:" #: ../../webtop.rst:1162 msgid "``message.edit.subject`` = true (default is false)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``message.edit.subject``= true (default is false)" #: ../../webtop.rst:1165 msgid "Delete automatically suggested email addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eliminare gli indirizzi email suggeriti automaticamente" #: ../../webtop.rst:1167 msgid "" "When compiling the recipient of a mail, some automatically saved email " -"addresses are suggested. If you need to delete someone because it is " -"wrong, move with the arrow keys until you select the one you want to " -"delete (without clicking on it), then delete it with :guilabel:`Shift + " -"Canc`" +"addresses are suggested. If you need to delete someone because it is wrong, " +"move with the arrow keys until you select the one you want to delete " +"(without clicking on it), then delete it with :guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" +msgstr "" +"Quando si compila il destinatario di una mail, vengono suggeriti alcuni " +"indirizzi e-mail salvati automaticamente. Se è necessario eliminarne " +"qualcuno errato, passare con i tasti freccia fino a selezionare quello che " +"si desidera eliminare (senza fare clic su di esso), quindi cancellarlo con :" +"guilabel:`Shift + Canc`" + +#: ../../nethvoice.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can install multiple NethVoice instances on the same node from the :ref:" +"`software_center-section`, but the module requires ref:`NethVoice proxy " +"` already configured and running." msgstr "" +"È possibile installare più istanze NethVoice sullo stesso nodo dal:ref: " +"`software_center-sezione`, ma il modulo richiede ref: `NethVoice proxy " +"` già configurato ed in esecuzione." #~ msgid "This is an ALPHA release, do not use it on production!" #~ msgstr "Questa è una release ALPHA, non usare in produzione!"